Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 258

PowerDrive X5 Uniform

Operating Procedures
Reference: no ref. no.
Version: 1.11
Release Date: 09-Dec-2004
EDMS UID: 275049279
Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16
Owner: PowerDrive Helpdesk
Author: Matthew Donovan

Private

Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.


PowerDrive X5 Uniform
Operating Procedures
Reference: no ref. no.
Version: 1.11
Release Date: 09-Dec-2004
EDMS UID: 275049279
Published: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16
Owner: PowerDrive Helpdesk
Author: Matthew Donovan

Private

Copyright © 2004 Sophia, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.


Intentionally Blank

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
PowerDrive X5 UOP / Legal Information

Legal Information

Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.

This work contains the confidential and proprietary trade secrets of Schlumberger
and may not be copied or stored in an information retrieval system, transferred,
used, distributed, translated or retransmitted in any form or by any means,
electronic or mechanical, in whole or in part, without the express written
permission of the copyright owner.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Matthew Donovan\no ref. no.\1.11\Release Date:09-Dec-2004\EDMS UID: 275049279\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Trademarks & service marks

"Schlumberger", the Schlumberger logotype, and other words or symbols used


to identify the products and services described herein are either trademarks,
trade names or service marks of Schlumberger and its licensors, or are the
property of their respective owners. These marks may not be copied, imitated
or used, in whole or in part, without the express prior written permission of
Schlumberger. In addition, covers, page headers, custom graphics, icons, and
other design elements may be service marks, trademarks, and/or trade dress
of Schlumberger, and may not be copied, imitated, or used, in whole or in part,
without the express prior written permission of Schlumberger.

A complete list of Schlumberger marks may be viewed at the Schlumberger


Oilfield Services Marks page: http://www.hub.slb.com/index.cfm?id=id32083
Marks of Schlumberger include but may not be limited to Geomag, IDEAL,
IWIS, ImPulse, InTouchSupport.com, PowerDrive, PowerDrive Xtra, PowerDrive
vorteX, PowerDrive X5, PowerDrive Xtra, PowerPulse, Powerpulse, Slimpulse,
TWIS.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
PowerDrive X5 UOP / Document Control

Document Control
Owner: PowerDrive Helpdesk
Helpdesk
intouch-powerdrive@slb.com

Author: Matthew Donovan

Reviewer: SHTC Doc/TBT Reviewers — PowerDrive

Approver: SHTC Doc/TBT Approvers


PowerDrive Helpdesk\Matthew Donovan\no ref. no.\1.11\Release Date:09-Dec-2004\EDMS UID: 275049279\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Contact Information
Name: PowerDrive Helpdesk
Title: Helpdesk
Phone: ++44 7714 826999
E-mail: intouch-powerdrive@slb.com

Revision History
Rev Effective Date Description Prepared by
1.11 09-Dec-2004 SECTION 4.3.2.4 Start to first Matthew Donovan
survey time changed from 30 sec to
10 sec.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
PowerDrive X5 UOP / Document Control

Rev Effective Date Description Prepared by


1.1 08-Oct-2004 Reviewed by Engineering, Matthew Donovan
Sustaining and InTouch. Removal
of references to DLAAS. SECTION
1.2.2 note on magnetic interference.
SECTION 2.1. General Description
and Specifications: rewording of
descriptions. Added arrows to
indicate DOWNHOLE direction.
Distance to all sensors added.
SECTION 3.4.8 Job Preparation:
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Matthew Donovan\no ref. no.\1.11\Release Date:09-Dec-2004\EDMS UID: 275049279\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

when drilling out of the casing shoe


the tool should be in neutral. For
X5, the 0/0% is not neutral, it is an
inclination point. Ensure the use of
0/1% for neutral. SECTION 3.6.15
Job Preparation: Need to add in an
8mm hex drive for 475 stator and
torque wrench. SECTION 3.4.16
Job Preparation: High shock and
vibration can also create noise
for the short-hop transmission.
Negative effect on telemetry.
SECTION 4.3.2.4 Equipment Setup:
Default SCB available. Memory
partitions: change to 200ms to get
more data. The start to first survey
time set to 30 seconds. While
using X5 with GR measurements,
minimum interval between surveys
should be 3 min, otherwise the
tool won’t transmit GR data. Since
Inclination Hold mode is default
in X5, the survey synchronization
period should be set to 0 seconds.
Cycle time set to 180 seconds if
intending to run inclination hold
mode. Navigation Parameters:
Mods to toolface shift. Added
sections on Muleshoe Selection.
SECTION 4.3.2.5 Equipment Setup:
NOTE added - memory must always
be re-initialized after loading a new
SCB. SECTION 4.4 Equipment
Setup: Added info on gamma setting
tool (100084193). SECTION 6.4.1.3
Detailed Operating Procedure: two
nudge points behave like normal
points if tool isn’t in inclination
hold. SECTION 6.4.1.5 Detailed
Operating Procedure: do not use
inclination hold points on map for
drilling out of shoe. Stick/Slip not
available in PDX5. SECTION
6.4.4.2 Detailed Operating
Procedure: added gamma D-points.

Private
Copyright © 2004Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
PowerDrive X5 UOP / Document Control

Rev Effective Date Description Prepared by


1.0 18-Mar-2004 Initial version published to InTouch Bob Gould
at ID 3905191. Reviewed and
approved by Mark Kuchenbacker
and Dave Smith.
0.6 19-Feb-2004 Updates to BU specifications — D.
Smith. Updates to CU mechanical
procedures and specifications —
E. Richards. Updates to electrical
drawings, specifications and
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Matthew Donovan\no ref. no.\1.11\Release Date:09-Dec-2004\EDMS UID: 275049279\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

operating procedures — P. Louden,


M. Kuchenbecker. Updates to
operating procedures — C. Pearson
and I. Carne. Updates to software
setup and programming information
— E. Holsteiner and Ya Ning Wei.
0.5 15-Jan-2004 First issue. IH (with gain settings) Bob Gould
and DLaaT added, reviewed by
Chris Pearson.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
PowerDrive X5 UOP / Document Control
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Matthew Donovan\no ref. no.\1.11\Release Date: 09-Dec-2004\EDMS UID: 275049279\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Intentionally Blank

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
PowerDrive X5 UOP / Foreword

FOREWORD
This version of the document completely replaces any other version, published
or unpublished. Users should check that the version they are using matches
the controlled version published in InTouch. Document version information
is indicated in the document cover page. To confirm the correct version is in
use, the user shall check that the reference, version, release date, EDMS UID
and production date and time all match those on the controlled version of the
SHTC Documentation/TBT Manager\Tim Voss\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:10-Jun-2004\EDMS UID: 274887730\Published: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

document.

Refer to the Document Control page for the document revision history

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
SHTC Documentation/TBT Manager\Tim Voss\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:10-Jun-2004\EDMS UID: 274887730\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Private
PowerDrive X5 UOP / Foreword

Intentionally Blank

Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.


ix PowerDrive X5 UOP / Table of Contents ix

Table of Contents

Foreword ________________________________________________________ vii

1 Health, Safety and Environment


1.1 Personnel Safety ____________________________________________ 1-2
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Matthew Donovan\no ref. no.\1.11\Release Date:09-Dec-2004\EDMS UID: 275049279\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

1.2 Equipment Safety ____________________________________________ 1-7


1.3 Environmental Safety ________________________________________ 1-9

2 General Description and Specifications


2.1 Description __________________________________________________ 2-2
2.2 Combination with Other Tools ________________________________ 2-15
2.3 Specifications _______________________________________________ 2-17

3 Job Preparation
3.1 General _____________________________________________________ 3-1
3.2 Safety Considerations ________________________________________ 3-1
3.3 Job Planning ________________________________________________ 3-2
3.4 BHA Considerations and Constraints __________________________ 3-8
3.5 Rig Considerations __________________________________________ 3-17
3.6 Equipment Preparation and Checklists _______________________ 3-18
3.7 Mobilization and Transportation ______________________________ 3-24

4 Equipment Setup
4.1 Planning ____________________________________________________ 4-1
4.2 Surface Equipment ___________________________________________ 4-4
4.3 Preparing Downhole Equipment ______________________________ 4-7
4.4 Rigsite Toolkit _______________________________________________ 4-37

5 Quick Operating Procedures


5.1 BHA Make-Up _______________________________________________ 5-1
5.2 Surface System Initializations _________________________________ 5-2
5.3 Running in Hole ______________________________________________ 5-2
5.4 Drilling Operations ___________________________________________ 5-3
5.5 Downlinking _________________________________________________ 5-5
5.6 Decision to Pull Out of the Hole _______________________________ 5-5
5.7 Pulling Out of the Hole (POOH) _______________________________ 5-6
5.8 Data Requirements—Post run Analysis ________________________ 5-6
5.9 Reports _____________________________________________________ 5-6

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
x PowerDrive X5 UOP / Table of Contents x

6 Detailed Operating Procedures


6.1 BHA Make-Up _______________________________________________ 6-1
6.2 Surface System Initializations _________________________________ 6-8
6.3 Running in Hole ______________________________________________ 6-9
6.4 Drilling Operations __________________________________________ 6-15
6.5 Downlinking (Telemetry) _____________________________________ 6-44
6.6 Decision to Pull Out of the Hole ______________________________ 6-54
6.7 Pulling Out of the Hole (POOH) ______________________________ 6-55
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Matthew Donovan\no ref. no.\1.11\Release Date:09-Dec-2004\EDMS UID: 275049279\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

6.8 Data Requirements—Post run Analysis _______________________ 6-57


6.9 Reports ____________________________________________________ 6-59

7 Calibration

8 Quality Control
8.1 Service Quality Process ______________________________________ 8-1
8.2 Drilling and Measurement Data Quality System (DQS) _________ 8-7
8.3 Data Quality Control _________________________________________ 8-7

9 Troubleshooting
9.1 Shallow Hole Test Failures ___________________________________ 9-3
9.2 Dogleg Failures ______________________________________________ 9-5
9.3 Downlinking Failures _________________________________________ 9-7
9.4 Real Time Link Failures ______________________________________ 9-7

10 Maintenance

List of Acronyms _____________________________________________ Acr.-1

Index _________________________________________________________ Ind.-1

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
xi PowerDrive X5 UOP / List of Figures xi

List of Figures

2-1 PowerDrive X5 Tool________________________________________________ 2-1


2-2 Bias Unit __________________________________________________________ 2-3
2-3 Disc Valve_________________________________________________________ 2-5
2-4 Control Unit _______________________________________________________ 2-6
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Matthew Donovan\no ref. no.\1.11\Release Date:09-Dec-2004\EDMS UID: 275049279\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

2-5 Control Unit – In Section ___________________________________________ 2-8


2-6 Gamma Shield Arrangement ______________________________________ 2-11
2-7 Inclination Hold Steering Map _____________________________________ 2-14
2-8 PD475 Alternative CU Collars _____________________________________ 2-21
2-9 PowerDrive Bit Pressure Drop — Quick Calculator (Flow deviation through
Bias Unit pads) ___________________________________________________ 2-26
2-10 PDX5 675 System Diagram _______________________________________ 2-30
2-11 PDX5 675 Fishing Diagram _______________________________________ 2-31
2-12 PDX5 675 Alternative CU Collars __________________________________ 2-33
2-13 PDX5 675 Alternative Flex Collars _________________________________ 2-35
2-14 PD900 Alternative Control Collars _________________________________ 2-39
2-15 PD900 Alternative Flex Collars ____________________________________ 2-41
3-1 Pre-Job Well Data Sheet ___________________________________________ 3-4
4-1 PowerDrive / ToolScope Configuration _____________________________ 4-10
4-2 Main ToolScope Window __________________________________________ 4-12
4-3 Tool Selection ____________________________________________________ 4-13
4-4 Terminal Mode Selection __________________________________________ 4-14
4-5 Terminal Mode Screen ____________________________________________ 4-14
4-6 Selecting SCB Editor _____________________________________________ 4-16
4-7 SCB Editor’s File Menu ___________________________________________ 4-17
4-8 PowerDrive X5 Default SCB (page 1) ______________________________ 4-18
4-9 PowerDrive X5 Default SCB (page 2) ______________________________ 4-19
4-10 Logging Parameter Update Screen ________________________________ 4-20
4-11 Navigation Parameter Update Screen ______________________________ 4-21
4-12 Downlink Parameter Update Screen _______________________________ 4-23
4-13 Connector Calibration Screen _____________________________________ 4-27
4-14 SCB File Transfer Status __________________________________________ 4-28
4-15 Accessing the Control Loop Coefficients Screen ____________________ 4-29
4-16 Control Loop Coefficients for Downhole Use ________________________ 4-29
4-17 Muleshoe Alignment Holes ________________________________________ 4-32
4-18 Gamma Sensor Orientation Verification Chart (Looking downhole) ___ 4-34
4-19 Erase Memory Status Display _____________________________________ 4-35
4-20 Live Diagnostic Data Display ______________________________________ 4-36
6-1 RSS Tool Face Display____________________________________________ 6-31
6-2 Downlink Parameter Update Screen _______________________________ 6-44

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
xii PowerDrive X5 UOP / List of Figures xii

6-3 Sample Navigation Map___________________________________________ 6-48


6-4 Driller’s Command Sheet (new model) _____________________________ 6-50
6-5 Downlink Data____________________________________________________ 6-51
6-6 Example of a Steering Sheet ______________________________________ 6-60
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Matthew Donovan\no ref. no.\1.11\Release Date:09-Dec-2004\EDMS UID: 275049279\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
xiii PowerDrive X5 UOP / List of Tables xiii

List of Tables

2-1 PDX5 modules and features_______________________________________ 2-17


2-2 PD475 Flow Rate Ranges and Limits ______________________________ 2-18
2-3 PD475 Pressure Drop Across System______________________________ 2-19
2-4 PD475 Hanger Bolts and O-Rings _________________________________ 2-20
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Matthew Donovan\no ref. no.\1.11\Release Date:09-Dec-2004\EDMS UID: 275049279\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

2-5 PD475 Rotor / Stator Modification parts ____________________________ 2-20


2-6 PD475 Alternative Control Unit Collars Specifications _______________ 2-22
2-7 PD475 Stabilizer Sleeves _________________________________________ 2-22
2-8 PDX5 675 Mechanical Specifications ______________________________ 2-23
2-9 PDX5 675 Operational and Environmental Limits ___________________ 2-24
2-10 PDX5 675 Other Operational Specifications ________________________ 2-27
2-11 PDX5 675 Flow Rate Ranges and Limits ___________________________ 2-27
2-12 PDX5 675 Pressure Drop Across System (psi)______________________ 2-28
2-13 PDX5 675 Hanger Bolts and O-Rings ______________________________ 2-29
2-14 PDX5 675 Alternative Bias Unit Specifications ______________________ 2-32
2-15 PDX5 675 Alternative Control Unit Collar Specifications _____________ 2-34
2-16 PDX5 675 Control Collar Sleeves __________________________________ 2-34
2-17 PDX5 675 Alternative Flex Collar Specifications ____________________ 2-36
2-18 PD900 Flow Rate Ranges and Limits ______________________________ 2-36
2-19 PD900 Pressure Drop Across System______________________________ 2-37
2-20 PD900 Hanger Bolts and O-Rings _________________________________ 2-38
2-21 PD900 Alternative Control Collar Specifications_____________________ 2-40
2-22 PD900 Control Collar Sleeves — PDSC9–BA ______________________ 2-40
2-23 PD900 Alternative Flex Collar Specifications _______________________ 2-42
2-24 Optional Parts ____________________________________________________ 2-42
2-25 Battery Specifications for Comms Module __________________________ 2-43
2-26 Sensor Specifications _____________________________________________ 2-43
2-27 Memory Specifications ____________________________________________ 2-44
2-28 Interface Specifications ___________________________________________ 2-44
2-29 Real-Time Link Specifications _____________________________________ 2-44
2-30 D-point Data (Tool ID=133 or ID=150) ______________________________ 2-46
3-1 Optional Parts _____________________________________________________ 3-7
3-2 Surface Equipment Checklist ______________________________________ 3-18
3-3 Surface System Documentation ___________________________________ 3-18
3-4 PowerDive/ToolScope Hardware___________________________________ 3-19
3-5 Rig-Site Toolkit Contents __________________________________________ 3-20
3-6 Other Tools_______________________________________________________ 3-20
3-7 Flow Restrictor Kits _______________________________________________ 3-21
3-8 PD475 Float Valve ________________________________________________ 3-22
3-9 PD675 Float Valves — with RT link ________________________________ 3-22

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
xiv PowerDrive X5 UOP / List of Tables xiv

3-10 PD675 Float Valves_______________________________________________ 3-23


3-11 PD825 Float Valves_______________________________________________ 3-23
3-12 PD900 and PD1100 Float Valves — with RT link ____________________ 3-23
3-13 PD900 and PD1100 Float Valves __________________________________ 3-23
3-14 Downhole Equipment Checklist (minimum) _________________________ 3-24
4-1 Surface Cabling ___________________________________________________ 4-6
4-2 Default Toolface Shift _____________________________________________ 4-22
4-3 Gamma Alignment Table __________________________________________ 4-34
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Matthew Donovan\no ref. no.\1.11\Release Date:09-Dec-2004\EDMS UID: 275049279\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

6-1 Start up Time Summary—no telemetry _____________________________ 6-11


6-2 Dpoints Interpretation _____________________________________________ 6-32
6-3 IDEAL Version 9.0 Gamma Data___________________________________ 6-41
6-4 IDEAL Version 9.1 Gamma Data___________________________________ 6-41
6-5 Start up time summary — RPM During Downlink Window sequence _ 6-45
6-6 Start up time summary — Steer Cycle During Downlink Window
sequence ________________________________________________________ 6-46
6-7 Reports __________________________________________________________ 6-59
8-1 Drilling and Measurement Depth Measurements ____________________ 8-8
9-1 Failed SHT ________________________________________________________ 9-3
9-2 Incorrect or Low Dogleg Troubleshooting ____________________________ 9-6
9-3 Downlinking Troubleshooting _______________________________________ 9-7
9-4 Real Time Link Troubleshooting ____________________________________ 9-7

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
1-i PowerDrive X5 UOP / Health, Safety and Environment 1-i

Health, Safety and Environment


1.1 Personnel Safety _______________________________________________ 1-2
1.1.1 Mechanical Hazards _________________________________________ 1-2
1.1.2 Electrical Shock Hazards _____________________________________ 1-3
1.1.3 Hazardous Area Regulations _________________________________ 1-3
1.1.4 Trip Hazards _________________________________________________ 1-4
1.1.5 Lithium Batteries _____________________________________________ 1-4
1.1.6 Pressure Hazards ____________________________________________ 1-5
1.1.7 Beryllium Copper (BeCu) Hazards ____________________________ 1-5
1.1.8 Substitution of Parts __________________________________________ 1-6
1.2 Equipment Safety ______________________________________________ 1-7
1.2.1 Mechanical Hazards _________________________________________ 1-7
1.2.1.1 Safe Handling Guidelines _________________________________ 1-7
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Tim Voss\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:02-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 274511918\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

1.2.1.2 Safe Transportation Guidelines ____________________________ 1-8


1.2.1.3 Control Collar ____________________________________________ 1-8
1.2.1.4 Bias Unit _________________________________________________ 1-9
1.2.2 Shallow Hole Testing _________________________________________ 1-9
1.3 Environmental Safety __________________________________________ 1-9
1.3.1 Waste Disposal ______________________________________________ 1-9
1.3.2 Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) _________________________ 1-10
1.3.3 Chemical Hazards __________________________________________ 1-10

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
1-ii PowerDrive X5 UOP / Health, Safety and Environment 1-ii
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Tim Voss\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:02-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 274511918\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Intentionally Blank

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
1-1 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Health, Safety and Environment 1-1

1 HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT


Safety is central to all Schlumberger services. A high level of service quality
cannot be achieved without safe working practices and procedures. Total
awareness of job requirements, environment, procedures, communications and
equipment is fundamental to a successful and safe job.

Always maintain a safe attitude and working environment and require that
everyone working with you do the same. You not only have to watch out for your
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Tim Voss\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:02-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 274511918\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

own actions but the actions of others. It takes only one careless member of a
crew or maintenance shop to create a hazard for everyone on the job.

Potential Severity: Serious


Potential Loss: Assets, Personnel
Hazard Category: machinery equipment hand tools

Rectify all hazardous or unsafe conditions before starting work as these could
result in an accident causing personal injury or damage to equipment.

The following general safety precautions must be followed at all times:

• Always wear your personal protective equipment PPE (coveralls, safety


boots, hard hat and safety glasses as defined by the area in whihc you are
working) when working with Schlumberger tools and equipment.
• Tool collars and associated equipment are heavy. Use properly rated
equipment (cranes, slings etc.) when lifting them.
• Use correct stepping, handling and lifting techniques when working. Do not
hesitate to ask for assistance when attempting to move heavy items. Refer to
your SIPP (Schlumberger Injury Prevention Program) training.
• If you are not trained or do not feel comfortable to operate a particular piece
of equipment, or follow a particular procedure, report to your supervisor
before proceeding.
• When working in a team, ensure good communication is established.

HSE Standards

Schlumberger QHSE standards are available from the hub at:


http://www.hub.slb.com/index.cfm?id=id14651

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
1-2 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Health, Safety and Environment 1-2

If in doubt about a particular QHSE-related practice or procedure, consult one


of the standards, your direct supervisor, location QHSE supervisor or the OFS
HSE Manager.

Procedures in this manual are designed to comply with Schlumberger QHSE


standards, these are minimum standards.

Note
All staff must comply with local QHSE regulations. Obtain details from local
Schlumberger offices or regulatory agencies.

Personnel Safety
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Tim Voss\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:02-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 274511918\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

1.1

1.1.1 Mechanical Hazards


The major mechanical hazards associated with the Tool are those associated
with the general handling and storage of any large and heavy items of equipment.
Suitable facilities and handling equipment must be used.

Schlumberger Injury Prevention Program (SIPP)

To reduce the risk of injury Schlumberger provides training in the correct methods
of lifting and carrying through the SIPP initiative. This is a mandatory (must
have) training. Observe company and industry recommended precautions for
on-the-job safety.

Potential Severity: Serious


Potential Loss: Personnel
Hazard Category: human

Always use the skills you have learnt during your SIPP training when lifting,
failure to do so may result in back injury.

All manual and mechanical lifting must be carried out to the local Health and
Safety Policy Arrangements in force at the work site.

In particular, for manual handling take these precautions:

• Operators must be instructed and trained in the correct manner of lifting and
handling to minimize the risk of injury to personnel and damage to equipment.
• Ask for help when moving heavy or awkward parts.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
1-3 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Health, Safety and Environment 1-3

• Operators must wear PPE as specified by the site at all times.


• Operators must make their line management aware whenever any physical
injury or medical condition may affect their ability to undertake lifting or
handling tasks.
• Never use your body to stop a moving object.
• Avoid placing your body in possible pinch points when moving tools or parts.

If setting the Tool on jack stands, make sure that the tool is stable before
releasing it from the crane and never pass under or sit next to it.

Electrical Shock Hazards


PowerDrive Helpdesk\Tim Voss\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:02-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 274511918\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

1.1.2

Various equipment associated with the tool requires high input power (120
VAC or 240 VAC); before any work is carried out on cabling and equipment
ISOLATE THE SUPPLY. Great care should be taken to avoid handling ’live’
wiring and equipment.

Make sure that you are aware of all ’live’ power take-off points and their location
in the working area, also any cabling and equipment connected to them. Testing
should only be carried out with the appropriate equipment.

Under normal operating conditions there are no hazardous voltages within the
Tool. It is possible that hazardous conditions could occur during maintenance or
testing of the Tool. Operators must be aware of these risks and take appropriate
steps to ensure both their safety and the safety of others. In particular, the
following precautions must be taken:

• All auxiliary test equipment such as computers and external power supplies
must be properly earthed to reduce the risk of electrical shock.
• When working on exposed equipment where hazardous voltages are present,
suitable warnings must be erected around the work area.
• Testing and repair work must only be carried out with the correct test
equipment and cabling.
• Turn equipment off before connecting or disconnecting equipment
connections, test connections or test equipment.

1.1.3 Hazardous Area Regulations


Never violate hazardous area regulations. Ensure all required work permits are
obtained and safety inspections performed prior to task commencement.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
1-4 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Health, Safety and Environment 1-4

Potential Severity: Major


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: machinery equipment hand tools

Hot work permits are mandatory when connecting to the Tool in designated
hazardous areas.

Perform rig-up of surface equipment according to Schlumberger, Client and


Regulatory Agency policies and procedures.

1.1.4 Trip Hazards


PowerDrive Helpdesk\Tim Voss\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:02-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 274511918\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

It is often necessary to run temporary cables across the ground or floor.


Therefore:

• Minimize trip hazards by routing cables away from walk ways or placing cable
inside mats or taping to the ground.
• Rig down/secure cables immediately when they are no longer required.
• Always secure any overhead cabling using metal tie wraps.
• Make sure that the cable is run along designated cable trays to prevent
damage.

1.1.5 Lithium Batteries

Potential Severity: Major


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: machinery equipment hand tools

Handle lithium battery packs with care at all times, failure to do so may result
in explosion or damage to the battery and/or associated equipment or injury
to personnel.

A lithium thionyl chloride battery is fitted within the tool. This battery should
not need to be removed or replaced until either the tool has seen service
downhole or if it has been on the shelf (with a battery fitted) for more than the
recommended (refer to specifications section) life. Replacement should only be
performed in workshop areas with the correct safety equipment and suitably
qualified personnel.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
1-5 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Health, Safety and Environment 1-5

For details of how to handle, store, ship, dispose of, as well as full documentation
and training on Lithium Batteries, refer to the InTouch reference page for Lithium
Batteries available at InTouch ID 3250914.

1.1.6 Pressure Hazards


The tool and combined equipment are provided with small plugged inspection
and testing ports. These ports access the internal chamber of the tool and are
normally filled with air or oil at atmospheric pressure.

If the Tool is mud invaded downhole, trapped pressure can remain inside when it
comes to surface. This pressure can be present at all ports. The port plugs are
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Tim Voss\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:02-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 274511918\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

equipped with a vent plug. If the plug is difficult to turn while unscrewing, it could
be an indication of trapped pressure.

Potential Severity: Serious


Potential Loss: Personnel
Hazard Category: machinery equipment hand tools

Use care when opening ports after the tool has been in the hole — trapped
pressure in a collar may cause injury.

When removing a port stand to one side. If there is pressure trapped inside the
tool, it could cause the plug to be ejected with great force and velocity when
it is removed causing injury.

Always take precautions against trapped pressure when working with a tool that
has just come out of the hole. Use PPE — coveralls, hard hat, goggles, and
gloves. If trapped pressure is suspected, determine the risk in continuing and
clear the area of all non-Schlumberger personnel before proceeding. If at all
possible, lay the tool down so work can be done in a controlled environment and
use a replacement tool for the next run.

1.1.7 Beryllium Copper (BeCu) Hazards


Several parts of the Tool are made out of beryllium copper (BeCu).

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
1-6 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Health, Safety and Environment 1-6

Note
The solid metal form of Beryllium copper is not harmful to the skin.

Although the amount of beryllium contained in BeCu is very low, it is


recommended to wear a mask if one of these parts needs to be ground as
beryllium is toxic if inhaled or ingested.

Potential Severity: Serious


Potential Loss: Personnel
Hazard Category: human
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Tim Voss\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:02-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 274511918\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

A potential for breathable dust particles exists when breaking out the tool joints of
the flex collar, always wear a mask during this operation.

Suggested precautions when grinding BeCu or performing other fine


dust-producing operations include:

1. Use adequately ventilated hoods or similar controlled environments.


2. Wet the article with water or a safe lubricant to trap fine particles.
3. Perform work outdoors and stay upwind of the item being worked on.
4. Wear a facemask, which covers the nose and mouth.

BeCu scrap is not a hazardous waste. Recycle clean BeCu scrap. If scrap is not
feasible, dispose of scrap BeCu alloy in accordance with local regulations.

The MSDS for BeCu is available from the MSDS page on the Hub at
http://www.hub.slb.com/index.cfm?id=id84363

1.1.8 Substitution of Parts


Although the apparent cost of locally made substitute parts may appear to be
significantly less than qualified replacements from Schlumberger, their use is not
permitted. The skills and equipment needed to control the quality of the parts are
specialized and have not been found in any field location to date. Depending on
the part, premature failure may result in personal injury or death and financial
or material loss.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
1-7 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Health, Safety and Environment 1-7

1.2 Equipment Safety

1.2.1 Mechanical Hazards

1.2.1.1 Safe Handling Guidelines


General Handling Guidelines

The following general guidelines apply when handling the tool or surface systems:
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Tim Voss\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:02-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 274511918\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

• Be sure to use properly rated equipment (cranes, slings, etc.) when lifting
collars and associated heavy equipment.
• Do not lift a collar by hooking dogs into the collar threads.
• Do not lift a collar by hooking into the thread protectors.
• During crane movement, the tool should be lifted as a single unit, never
with other collars.
• Always have a spotter on the ground when working with cranes.
• Under no circumstances should equipment be unloaded from a truck or boat
by dropping it to the ground.
• Do not lift the tool using hooks set in the connections.
• Always install thread protectors when moving large threaded components.
When storing components ensure that all threads are coated with drill collar
compound or grease to prevent corrosion.

Tool Specific Handling Precautions

The following precautions need to be taken when handling the tool:

• The tool requires a lift cap and a thread protector in the base of the bias unit
when being handled or lifted on the catwalk, V-door or rig floor.
• The tool is not balanced and may roll before finding its stable position due to
the bias unit pad arrangement and protector (when in place).

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
1-8 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Health, Safety and Environment 1-8

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: machinery equipment hand tools

When moving the Control Unit only lift by the pressure case, all other components
may rotate during the lifting operation causing loss of control and possible
damage to the unit or injury to personnel.

When handling and loading/unloading the control unit, observe the following:

• Control unit impeller blades may contain sharp edges, particularly after a
down-hole run (possible contact with collar wall).
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Tim Voss\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:02-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 274511918\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

• Circlips retaining the hanger bolt locking plates are held under compression.
Always wear safety glasses and use the correct tools.
• When loading or unloading the control unit into the collar, ensure that the
impeller blades do not drag across the collar threads.

1.2.1.2 Safe Transportation Guidelines


The following guidelines apply when transporting the tool or surface systems.

• Make sure that the equipment is properly packed and secured when loaded
onto the transporter.
• Use packing crates with shock absorption material, watertight containers (for
computers), and locked metal transport containers to ensure that equipment
is delivered safely and in working order.
• Be familiar with local practices concerning special transportation
requirements.
• When transporting equipment on a truck or boat, make sure it is securely
strapped down to prevent rolling or sliding.

1.2.1.3 Control Collar


When making or breaking the connections make sure that the pipe tongs/iron
rough-neck is not positioned across the anchor bolt recesses to prevent damage
which leads to difficulty removing the lock plates.

System diagrams, available within the Specification section, show the positions
where the tongs should be used.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
1-9 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Health, Safety and Environment 1-9

Note
Sleeves should be tightened only where shown in the diagrams.

1.2.1.4 Bias Unit


When handling the Bias Unit, make sure of the following:

• The rubber protector sleeve is for protection during shipping only.


• Do not allow the bias unit to be sat onto a sub pin when lifting onto the drill
floor.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Tim Voss\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:02-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 274511918\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

• Ensure that rig-tongs are not placed in contact with the upper kick plate or
pad assemblies.

1.2.2 Shallow Hole Testing


When preparing for down-hole operations, observe the following precautions:

• The shallow hole testing must be performed with the Bias Unit below the
rotary table.
• Make sure that the bit and Bias Unit are not inside the BOP during testing, to
avoid damage to the BOP.
• No rotation of the string is permitted during the shallow-hole test.

Note
In environments experiencing strong magnetic interference, it may help to
rotate the string by +/- 90 degrees to alter any potential alignments with
the local interference field.

• The test must not be performed with the MWD tool.

1.3 Environmental Safety

1.3.1 Waste Disposal


In all cases, the Manager is responsible to make sure that all waste is disposed
of in an environmentally sound manner. This is usually carried out by a qualified
contractor to dispose of the waste. Refer to the EnviroHub for more details

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
1-10 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Health, Safety and Environment 1-10

http://www.hub.slb.com/index.cfm?id=id24079

1.3.2 Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS)


Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) are available from InTouch or the local
Schlumberger office.

1.3.3 Chemical Hazards


PowerDrive Helpdesk\Tim Voss\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:02-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 274511918\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Potential Severity: Serious


Potential Loss: Environmental
Hazard Category: biological hazard-illness

Always clean up any oil spillages as soon as they occur to avoid contamination
or slips and falls due to people treading in it.

Minimal quantities of greases and oil are associated with the equipment both in
the workshop and at the rig-site. These include, but not necessarily limited to:

• general purpose grease


• silicon grease
• anti-seize thread compounds
• lubricating oils.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-i PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-i

General Description and Specifications


2.1 Description _____________________________________________________ 2-2
2.1.1 Bias Unit ____________________________________________________ 2-3
2.1.2 Control Unit _________________________________________________ 2-5
2.1.2.1 Torquers _________________________________________________ 2-9
2.1.2.2 Sensor Pack Assembly __________________________________ 2-10
2.1.2.3 Gamma Sensor _________________________________________ 2-11
2.1.2.4 Communication Module __________________________________ 2-12
2.1.2.5 Inclination Hold __________________________________________ 2-12
2.1.3 E-Mag Link _________________________________________________ 2-14
2.2 Combination with Other Tools _________________________________ 2-15
2.2.1 Functional Compatibility _____________________________________ 2-15
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

2.2.1.1 Bits _____________________________________________________ 2-15


2.2.1.2 Flex Collar and X-Over Sub ______________________________ 2-15
2.2.1.3 Drilling Fluid ____________________________________________ 2-16
2.2.2 Mechanical Compatibility ____________________________________ 2-16
2.2.3 Electrical Compatibility ______________________________________ 2-16
2.2.4 Telemetry Compatibility ______________________________________ 2-17
2.3 Specifications _________________________________________________ 2-17
2.3.1 Software Versions ___________________________________________ 2-17
2.3.2 PDX5 475 __________________________________________________ 2-18
2.3.2.1 PDX5 475 Mechanical Characteristics ____________________ 2-18
2.3.2.2 PD475 Connections — Torque Settings ___________________ 2-19
2.3.2.3 PD475 Alternative Control Collars ________________________ 2-21
2.3.3 PDX5 675 __________________________________________________ 2-22
2.3.3.1 PDX5 675 Mechanical Characteristics ____________________ 2-23
2.3.3.2 PDX5 675 Connections — Torque Settings ________________ 2-28
2.3.3.3 PDX5 675 System and Fishing Diagrams _________________ 2-29
2.3.3.4 PDX5 675 Alternative Bias Units _________________________ 2-32
2.3.3.5 PDX5 675 Alternative Control Units and Collars ___________ 2-33
2.3.3.6 PDX5 675 Alternative Flex Collars ________________________ 2-35
2.3.4 PDX5 900 __________________________________________________ 2-36
2.3.4.1 PDX5 900 Mechanical Characteristics ____________________ 2-36
2.3.4.2 PD900 Connections — Torque Settings ___________________ 2-37
2.3.4.3 PD900 Alternative Control Collars ________________________ 2-39
2.3.4.4 PD900 Alternative Flex Collars ___________________________ 2-41
2.3.5 Optional Parts ______________________________________________ 2-42
2.3.6 Electrical Specifications _____________________________________ 2-43
2.3.6.1 Battery, Sensor and Memory Specifications _______________ 2-43
2.3.6.2 Interface Specifications __________________________________ 2-44
2.3.6.3 Real-Time Link Specification _____________________________ 2-44
2.3.6.4 Data Formats (D-points) _________________________________ 2-46

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-ii PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-ii
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Intentionally Blank

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-1 PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-1

2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION AND


SPECIFICATIONS
Overview

PowerDrive X5 is a rotary steerable system that controls the direction in which a


well is drilled, in 3–D, while rotating the drill string. The tool uses mud actuated
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

pads to deviate the direction of drilling by pushing against the formation.


Operationally, the tool can be run either as a stand alone or in combination with
MWD/LWD tools with real time communications to the surface.

Figure 2-1: PowerDrive X5 Tool

PowerDrive X5 comprises two main assemblies:

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-2 PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-2

• Bias Unit (BU)


• Control Unit (CU).

The Bias Unit biases the drill bit by displacing the bit relative to the drilled hole,
thus deviating the new hole in the direction requested. The direction is provided
by a Control Unit, mechanically linked via a Control Shaft to a valve assembly,
which controls the pads within the Bias Unit.

The Control Unit is an electronics package, mounted on bearings inside a


dedicated non-magnetic drill collar located directly above the Bias Unit. The
Control Unit is free to turn independently of its collar. It can be held non-rotating
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

relative to the formation on a requested tool face, while the collar, and hence the
rest of the drill-string rotates around it.

2.1 Description
PowerDrive X5 tools consist of a Bias Unit, a Control Unit and an E-Mag link
assembly. These components are described in the following sections.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-3 PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-3

2.1.1 Bias Unit


PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Figure 2-2: Bias Unit

The Bias Unit is located immediately above the bit. It provides a robust
mechanical framework for three independent, hinged pads positioned about its
circumference. The pads have a wear-resistant outer surface to counter abrasion
as they rub against the borehole. There is a piston behind each pad; by applying
hydraulic pressure behind the piston the pad is pushed outwards to exert a force
between the Bias Unit and the borehole wall.

If the pads are sequentially and synchronously activated as the BHA rotates then
a net lateral force is applied to the Bias Unit, hence also to the bit. As a result the
direction of the borehole is gradually altered.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-4 PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-4

A rotary-valve; selectively ports high-pressure mud 2-1 into each pad in turn as it
rotates.

An exploded view of the valve’s mating rotor and stator is shown in Figure 2-3.

The rotor’s angular position is dictated by the Control Unit; it may be held
stationary or rotate at a controlled rate. The stator is rigidly attached within the
Bias Unit and each of its ports connects to one pad actuator.

When a stator port is uncovered by the rotor port, high-pressure mud is fed to
the actuator. The pad hinges outwards due to the pressure differential across
the actuator.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

When a stator port is closed, no mud is fed to the actuator: external contact of
the pad with the borehole makes the pad retract. Excess mud and pressure
bleeds off through the pad’s exhaust choke.

The angular position of this rotary valve with respect to the Bias Unit body
controls which actuator is pushed against the formation.

Each of the three pads can be extended or retracted in the radial direction.
When a pad is extended, it becomes overgauged and pushes against the
borehole generating a radial force on the drill string. This force pushes the bit
in the desired direction. When a pad is retracted, it is undergauged and does
not contact the borehole. The tool is designed such that only one pad is fully
extended at any one time. Refer to Figure 2-2.

Each pad is connected to a piston, the piston and pad are extended by the piston
chamber with mud pressure obtained from the mud flowing from the surface to
the bit through the drill pipe. A valve, consisting of two mating parts (upper and
lower), is used to determine which of the three pads on the Bias Unit will be
extended at any given time. Refer to Figure 2-3 Disc Valve (p. 2-5)

The lower valve part is a stator with three ports, one for each pad on the Bias
Unit. This stator is rigidly connected to the Bias Unit, and hence, rotating with the
drill string. The upper valve part has one elongated timed port that is designed
to overlap one of the three ports on the stator. When the port of the upper
valve is aligned with a stator port, a pressure differential develops across the
corresponding piston from the ID to OD of the tool and the pad is extended.
There is no pressure differential across the pistons of the other two pads, and
they are retracted by contact with the formation. Residual piston chamber
pressure is discharged by calibrated chokes within the piston.

2-1. Not all mud goes to the piston chamber.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-5 PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-5

As the timed port rotates from one stator port to the next one, there is a transition
period where mud flows through two adjacent ports at the same time. Thus,
partially extending two pads simultaneously until the timed port moves entirely
to the next port.

While rotary drilling, the Bias Unit and stator rotate with the drill string and
bit. The upper valve is held stationary, by the Control Unit with respect to the
borehole (i.e. the formation). To steer the well, the elongated port in the upper
valve is oriented so the Bias Unit pushes the drill string in the desired direction.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Figure 2-3: Disc Valve

2.1.2 Control Unit


The Control Unit is mechanically connected to the Bias Unit and provides the
guidance and control systems required to deviate the bit.

It consists of a stabilized platform for the on-board electronics and sensors. Mud
driven impellers are fitted at each end, which are free to rotate.

The platform is mounted on two sets of bearings within a specially modified drill
collar, which allows it to rotate about the BHA centre-line axis. The direction of
rotation is determined by the action of the Upper and Lower Torquers (described
below). The bearings allow the platform a single degree of rotational freedom
about the drill string with respect to the collar. It is mechanically linked, by a drive
coupling, to the Bias Unit’s rotary valve and controls its angular setting; which in
turn determines the degree of bit deviation.

The Control Unit holds itself about its longitudinal (roll) axis by servo control.
This is achieved by utilizing:

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-6 PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-6

• internal sensors to measure its orientation, both in free space and within
the collar
• electrical torquers used as magnetic brakes.

The Control Unit controls the operation of the Bias Unit via a mechanical link.
In order to steer on a desired toolface, the Control Unit holds itself stationary
within the collar by use of two opposing clutches called ‘torquers’. The torquers
consist of two permanent magnet alternators with turbine rotors attached. These
turbines rotate in opposing directions.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Figure 2-4: Control Unit

The lower end of the Control Unit carries a Mule Shoe coupling which mates with
the Bias Unit control shaft when the tool joint is made up.

The Control Unit contains a number of electronics modules mounted on a


common chassis:

• E-Mag transmitter

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-7 PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-7

• Upper Torquer Generator


• Sensor Module
• Optional gamma sensor
• Communications Module
• Lower Torquer Controller.

The PowerDrive X5 Control Unit incorporates a Inclination Hold functionality,


refer to section 2.1.2.5 Inclination Hold (p. 2-12) for further information.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-8 PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-8

Note
The Electronics Chassis consists of the Communications Module, Sensor
Module and Optional Gamma sensor.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Figure 2-5: Control Unit – In Section

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-9 PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-9

2.1.2.1 Torquers
To hold itself in the desired position, the Control Unit employs two opposing
clutches called “torquers.” Refer to Figure 2-5 Control Unit – In Section (p.
2-8). The torquers consist of two permanent magnet alternators with turbine
blades (impellers) attached to the Magnet Housings. Mud, flowing through
the impellers is used to rotate the Control Unit with respect to the collar. The
torque transmission from the impellers to the platform is controlled by electrically
varying the drag experienced by the generator coils fixed in the control unit as a
permanent magnetic field source as the impellers spin by. Positive and negative
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

net torque is generated as the impellers spin in opposite directions. Looking in


the downhole direction, the lower torquer spins in the counter clockwise (CCW)
direction and the upper torquer spins in the clockwise (CW) direction.

If the Control Unit needs to move in the CCW direction, it shorts the windings,
with a load resistor, of the lower torquer. The electromagnetic coupling between
the Magnet Housings and stator of the permanent magnet alternator rotates the
Control Unit in the same direction as the lower torquer i.e. CCW. Conversely, if
the Control Unit needs to rotate in the CW direction, the windings in the upper
torquer are shorted.

The Control Unit software is designed such that only one of the two torquers is
in use at a time.

As the Control Unit rotates, with respect to its collar, so the pads are actuated.
The Upper Torquer is fitted with a generator to provide electrical power for the on
board systems. The Control Unit contains accelerometers and magnetometers
for determining the inclination and azimuth of the Control Unit platform’s
longitudinal axis; and this by reference also determines where the bit is being
pushed. Holding the Control Unit to a fixed roll angle leads to a maximum
deviation in a particular direction with respect to either high side or magnetic
north. A reduction in deviation rate is obtained by commanding the Control Unit
to rotate in a special manner.

While drilling, tool settings can be changed by varying flow rates, typically, by
20% in a set pattern. During this process, the Control Unit senses the telemetry
commands by monitoring changes in the impeller’s rate of rotation and selects
from a preprogrammed list the roll motions required to achieve the desired
deviation.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-10 PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-10

2.1.2.2 Sensor Pack Assembly


To enable the tool to steer the drill string, a Sensor Module is contained within
the Control Unit. This Sensor Module houses a number of sensors from which its
absolute position and orientation can be calculated.

The data from the internal sensors is logged within the unit for later analysis once
the unit has been retrieved from the borehole. Careful examination of this data
can reveal tool performance and profile data.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Overview of Sensor Pack Assembly

A Sensor Pack Assembly (A5222) contains a number of sensors mounted on


an aluminium chassis. The sensors are as follows:

• Three single axis accelerometers for inclination and gravity measurement.


The accelerometers are powered from the ±12V supplies and give an output
current of approximately 3mA/G.
• PLCC Roll Gyro PWB (T1022350) to measure roll rate. The PLCC roll gyro is
mounted on a separate PWB. This board is powered from +5V and will give
an output of approximately 18mV/°/s of rotation (108mV/RPM) . The board
has a nominal 2.5V DC offset so has a theoretical range of ±23RPM although
only about ±18 RPM is achievable in the system.
• Collar Amp. PWB (T1022140) that sense the magnetic fields from magnets
mounted on the collar and are used to calculate the angular position of the
control unit relative to the collar. The Collar Amp PWB uses a two axis
magnetoresistive sensor to measure its local magnetic field.
• Temperature sensor. The temperature sensor is an integrated circuit that
is powered from the +12V supply and has an output current of 1uA/degK
(approx. 298uA at 25degC). The output current is converted into a voltage by
a 10K ohm resistor in the test unit.

A 9 way mini ‘D’ connector is also mounted on the chassis to allow an external
gamma sensor to be connected. The whole assembly is connected to the main
chassis by a 21 way connector on a cable harness.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-11 PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-11

2.1.2.3 Gamma Sensor


Overview

The PDX5 control unit provides live azimuthal gamma data whilst drilling.
Currently the tool samples formation gamma emissions in four quadrants,
up, down, left and right. The sampling is made using an EMR Schlumberger
IGR-short detector (602-2791). A 180° window over the gamma sensor is
created using a tungsten shield, which attenuates the gamma signal and
hence gives the sensor a directional orientation, see Figure 2-6 Gamma Shield
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Arrangement (p. 2-11).

Figure 2-6: Gamma Shield Arrangement

During the bias phase, the control unit remains geo-stationary with reference to
the spinning collar and formation and consequently the orientation of the gamma
sensor faces in one direction or quadrant only. The control unit samples during
the bias and neutral phase of the drilling cycle and transmits gamma information
to the surface every 30 seconds. This is currently not programmable.

The Gamma sensor is orientated in one quadrant only, whenever the bias
phase is set to 100% (Max build / steer). When geo-steering in a well it is often
important to know what formation is directly above or below the drill bit. As there
is no neutral phase with a 100% bias setting, the tool must have the Gamma
Sensor oriented so that it points in the required direction of interest when in a
particular bias direction. This means that the bias setting can conflict with the
geosteering requirements for the gamma log.

The gamma sensor is optional and may be retro-fitted to a PDX5 Control Unit
manufactured without this sensor.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-12 PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-12

The RT gamma data is sent from the tool to the E-Mag Receiver (SRX) in a new
packet. As with the other E-Mag data, the SRX stores these until requested by
the MWD tool via its lower LTB bus. The SRX requires a software upgrade in
order for it to recognize the gamma dpoints. However, this software is backward
compatible and works with PowerDrive Xtra and PowerDrive X5.

2.1.2.4 Communication Module


An external communication port at the top of the tool allows the Control Unit to
be programmed and data to be retrieved in a safe area, even if the tool remains
mounted in its collar.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

The following lists the features of the Control Unit;

• Power from the upper torquer generator windings is converted to provide


regulated power to the electronics.
• Electronic control with output drivers control the upper and lower torquers
to adjust steering angle of the unit.
• A three axis magnetometer, in conjunction with the Tri-axial Accelerometers
of the sensor module provides azimuth measurement.
• Sensor signals are filtered and measured for the Sensor processor to
stabilize the Control Unit.
• Position information is interpreted by the Comms processor. It uses these to
make Control Unit angle corrections.
• It controls the measurement and logging to memory of data within the tool. A
real-time clock is implemented to allow this data to be logged against time.

2.1.2.5 Inclination Hold


The Inclination Hold mode functions as an extension to the existing operating
software and is designed to save rig time and reduce wellbore tortuosity by
reducing the number of downlinks in tangent sections.

During normal operations the user may send a downlink command to switch
the tool into Inclination Hold mode. When switched into this mode the tool will
attempt to hold the actual inclination at the time the command was received. It
will stay in this mode and try and hold this inclination until either the inclination is
nudged (see below) or it is taken out of Inclination Hold mode.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-13 PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-13

Inclination Hold does not affect the normal operation of the tool and the user
may control the toolpath in the established manner. The implementation of the
Inclination hold does require a number of specific points on the Steering Map
to be preset to switch to this mode.

Note
The PowerDrive X5 operates using Inclination Hold (IH). Therefore the initial
Toolface and proportion must not be an inclination hold setting.

Steering Map
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

It is recommended to use the standard 9x9 map within ToolScope. In order


to switch between modes a number of the 81 available points on the Steering
Map are used. The Navigation Table (corresponding to the Steering Map) must
be downloaded into the tool within the SCB before the tool goes down hole.
Once the tool is deemed to be at the desired inclination, pumps are recycled
and a downlink command is sent to the tool in order to set Inclination Hold
mode. This downlink command must be to a pre-set navigation point with the
following characteristics:

• A point on the Steering Map X-axis, i.e. it must have a zero build or drop
value.
• The steering ratio must be less than or equal to 50% (between 270º/50%
and 90º/50%).

Figure 2-7 shows a sample steering map with a number of points highlighted.
For this example, there are a number of points along the X-axis indicating points
which will switch the tool into Inclination Hold mode.

The number of points along the X-axis are defined by the user. A balance must
be sought between the required number of points used for Inclination Hold and
the those remaining that may be used in the normal manner.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-14 PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-14
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Figure 2-7: Inclination Hold Steering Map

2.1.3 E-Mag Link


The E-Mag link allows positional data from the tool sensors to be sent to the
surface via the Low Power Tool Bus (LTB). This allows real-time monitoring of
the BHA within the Integrated Drilling Evaluation and Logging (IDEAL) system.
The functionality of the E-Mag link does NOT affect normal tool operation.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-15 PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-15

Note
E-Mag link was formerly known as ShortHop.

With each start up of the pumping cycle, the PowerPulse transmits data from the
tool. In the drilling mode, data sent from the tool includes inclination, azimuth
and tool, a status word which confirms the current setting of the tool, as well as
confirmation of reception of downlinked information to the tool.

Combination with Other Tools


PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

2.2

2.2.1 Functional Compatibility

2.2.1.1 Bits
The tool is intended to work with any manufacturer’s bit.

The gauge and shank length of the bit has a significant effect on tool
performance. Experience indicates that the tool operates more efficiently with a
bit gauge of less than 2in. The shank of the bit should be as short as possible.

A pressure drop of >600 psi is required beneath the tool. Experience to date
indicates that a bit pressure drop of 650 psi to 700 psi gives optimum performance
and life. Ideally, the bit should be nozzled to provide this pressure drop. If this is
not desirable, for operational reasons, then a flow restrictor can be fitted in the
bottom box connection of the tool to provide the required pressure drop.

2.2.1.2 Flex Collar and X-Over Sub


The tool may require use of a flexible collar to increase dogleg capability, and
largely isolate it from the effects of BHA behavior above it. The requirement for
this collar may be negated by reduced deviation rate requirement. If a deviation
rate of greater than 3°/100ft is required then a flex collar should be run. For
lower deviation rates the assembly may be run without a flex collar, allowing the
MWD/LWD sensors to be closer to the bit.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-16 PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-16

2.2.1.3 Drilling Fluid


The tool has been operated in a variety of oil based, synthetic oil-based and
water-based drilling fluids without problem. When using a new or unproven fluid
a small sample, of approximately 2 liters, should be taken before operation to
check the elastomer compatibility of the fluid. Fluids with a pH value greater than
12 should not be used as this degrades the seals excessively.

The life of the BHA is dependent on the sand content of the mud. The sand
content should be kept as low as possible, generally a trace of 0.25%. A greater
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

sand content will significantly reduce the piston seal life. At no time should the
sand content exceed 1 %.

2.2.2 Mechanical Compatibility


The tool is designed to be compatible with other drill components. There are only
a few, minor compatibility requirements:

• The tool must be run complete. The bit must be directly connected to the
Bias Unit with the Control Unit and stabilizer/E-Mag Link Receiver directly
above. The E-Mag Link has the LTB wet connector at the top and is designed
to connect with other MWD / LWD tools. These must be equipped with a
suitable lower LTB connector.
• The tool must be run with a float sub fitted above the Control Unit to prevent
damage to the Bias Unit seals. There is provision for fitting a float valve
between the E-Mag Link Transmitter and Receiver. The loss of the float valve
provision with the addition of the lower LTB (e.g. RAB tool) is therefore not
a problem.
• If running a RSS tool below a motor (PowerDrive vorteX) a straight housing
should be used. Having an adjustable bent housing, even if set to zero
degrees, puts a kink in the motor which can cause vibrations in the BHA.

2.2.3 Electrical Compatibility


The tool is electrically isolated from any other part of the drill string. The operation
of the tool is entirely dependent upon the flow of mud to turn the impellers and
thus generate electrical power for the electronics within the Control Unit.

EMC radiation or susceptibility problems are negligible due to the screening of


the complete Control Unit within the pressure housing.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-17 PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-17

PowerDrive X5 Control Units

If using a PDX5 Control Unit, take care not to operate outside of the flow ranges
specified in the appropriate specification table as this can lead to the internal
power supply circuitry shutting down on either under or over-volt conditions.

Note: PDX5 CU power supply reset


The power supply will reset automatically when the correct flow rate is resumed.

2.2.4 Telemetry Compatibility


PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

The tool utilizes the mud flow as a medium to provide telemetry data to the tool.
It is possible that the changes in flow rates may be incompatible with another tool
situated above the Control Unit. To relieve this problem it is possible to configure
the telemetry and start-up times such that the other tools will have stabilized and
will not be affected by subsequent changes in mud flow rates.

2.3 Specifications

2.3.1 Software Versions


Table 2-1 lists the software required for PowerDrive X5 operation that support the
Gamma sensor.

Quality Note
To ensure you are using the latest software versions and, where applicable,
patches, check the PowerDrive X5 InTouchSupport.com Reference Page at
InTouch ID 3905133.

Table 2-1: PDX5 modules and features

Module / Machine Features


IDEAL Provides log and image of RT
Provides borehole correction
HSPM Provides frame building, demodulation, and Toolscope
ToolScope Combines Toolscope for PowerDrive Xtra and PowerDrive X5
E-Mag Receiver One version replaces all sizes of SRX firmware.
(SRX) Update procedure: S-298102 Rev AB

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-18 PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-18

Module / Machine Features


PDX5 Comms App Comms Processor Tool Software.
Upgraded from ToolScope.
PDX5 Sensor App Sensor Processor Tool Software.
Upgraded from ToolScope.
PowerPulse Tool
IMPulse Tool
ShortHop Test Box IC allows LCD display of shorthop antenna data from PDX5.
(T1020764) Upgrade instructions: 100082868.
ShortHop Test Box IC transmits test pattern including Gamma dpoints to test SRX.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

(T1020765) Upgrade instructions: 100082868.


ShortHop Modem
Firmware

2.3.2 PDX5 475

2.3.2.1 PDX5 475 Mechanical Characteristics


Table 2-2: PD475 Flow Rate Ranges and Limits

Impeller set Limits1 Units Specification


Low Maximum - tool limitation (gpm) N/A
Maximum - operating (gpm) N/A
Minimum - operating (gpm) N/A
Med Maximum - tool limitation (gpm) 300
Maximum - operating (gpm) 280
Minimum - operating (gpm) 220
High Maximum - tool limitation (gpm) 400
Maximum - operating (gpm) 380
Minimum - operating (gpm) 280
1
Figures given for guidance and planning purposes only. Specific flow rate limitations for each CU is confirmed
during the outbound flow loop test procedure (Refer to the OST data sheet).

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-19 PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-19

Table 2-3: PD475 Pressure Drop Across System

Mud Weight in ppg


Flow rate (gpm) 8.3 12.0 15.0 18.0
200 23 33 41 50
300 53 74 93 112
400 94 132 166 199

Equation 2-1: Pressure Drop Equation


PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Where:

Term Definition
MWppg mud weight in pounds per gallon
Q flow rate in gallons per minute
C pressure drop constant

2.3.2.2 PD475 Connections — Torque Settings


The torque values listed are separate, distinct, and exclusive from other
connections. These values have been calculated in accordance with API Spec.7
requirements.

There has been a significant increase in some of these values from more historic
values as equipment and material improvements have been made. Both the tool
and drill bit joints are now capable of withstanding greater torque values.

These values are in no way contradictory to values depicted in specification


S-288035. These values are specific to the tool, and are not necessarily
applicable to other collar connections.

Refer to the system diagrams for connections and torque values.

PD475 Hanger Bolts and O-Rings

This section describes the hanger bolts required for securing the CU into the CC.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-20 PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-20

Table 2-4: PD475 Hanger Bolts and O-Rings

Units Specification
1
Part Number - 100009427
Description - Anchor Bolt, 12mm
Body
Where Used - Standard CU (4 off)
Float Valve Seating
Ring (2 off)
Length (mm) 26.0
Associated O-rings -
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Viton O-ring - B012075


Anti-extrusion ring - B027768
Retainer ring - B045810
2
Make up torque (Nm) 120
Tool required (mm) 10mm AF Hex Key
1
Note that this part replaced T1052735 for fitment to the bearing hangers.
2
Torque of bolt type T1052735 is 60Nm.

Table 2-5: PD475 Rotor / Stator Modification parts

Description1 Units Specification


Stator Anchor Bolt - 2 x 100028502
Retainer ring - 2 x B032878
Back up Rings - 2 x B031630
O-ring - 2 x B027256
Make up torque (Nm) 20
1
These parts are required as per MR PD4SCU-A MR05.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

2-21

100004725
T1052553 2.3.2.3
5 5/8in PD475CC-BA + PD4SCU-AA

Private
Downhole

4.089-6V040 1-1/4 TPF NC38 Pin


BSR-2.04 Box

100004432
T1052553
5 3/4in PD475CC-CA + PD4SCU-AA

Downhole

4.089-6V040 1-1/4 TPF NC38 Pin


BSR-2.04 Box

Figure 2-8: PD475 Alternative CU Collars


T1052512
T1052553
Sleeve
PD475CC-AA + PD4SCU-AA
PD475 Alternative Control Collars

Downhole
PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications

4.089-6V040 1-1/4 TPF NC38 Pin


BSR-2.04 Box

Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.


2-21
2-22 PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-22

Table 2-6: PD475 Alternative Control Unit Collars Specifications

Filecode Part Number Length (mm/ft) OD (mm/in) ID (mm/in)


PD475CC-BA 100004725 3255/10.68 123.5/4.86 92.5/3.64
PD475CC-CA 100004432 3255/10.68 123.5/4.86 92.5/3.64
PD475CC-AA T1052512 3255/10.68 123.5/4.86 92.5/3.64

Table 2-7: PD475 Stabilizer Sleeves

Sleeve Size12 Sleeve Part No.


1
Sleeve Thread Protector (Slick 5. /2in OD) T1052693
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

7
5 /8in T1052573
6in T1052694
1
6 /8in T1052695
1
6 /4in T1052696
3
6 /8in T1052697
1
The stabilizer sleeves may be run on both the PD475 Control Unit Collar and the PD475 RX Collar
2
Due to the limited diameter of the 5¾ in tool, an integral blade stabilizer is used.

2.3.3 PDX5 675


PDX5 475 is a rotary steerable tool. For available sizes refer to Table 2-8 (p.
2-23). The PowerDrive X5 is an enhanced version of PowerDrive Xtra — but
retains compatiblity with other tools in the PowerDrive Xtra range.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-23 PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-23

2.3.3.1 PDX5 675 Mechanical Characteristics

Quality Note
All PowerDrive X5 Bias Units have a storage life/shelf-life of 4 months. After
this time the actuator seals require replacement in order to meet the product
specifications.

Table 2-8: PDX5 675 Mechanical Specifications


PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Specification
PDX5 675 PDX5 675 PDX5 675
Parameter Units (7 7/8in) (81/2in) (9 7/8in)
Filecode Bias Unit - PDX6BU-BA PDX6BU-AB PDX6BU-CA
Filecode Control Unit - PDCU-BA PDCU-BA PDCU-BA
Filecode Control Unit Collar - PDSC6–AA PDSC6–AA PDSC6–AA
Nominal (API) Collar OD (in) 6¾ (+⅛in) 6¾ (+⅛in) 6¾ (+⅛in)
Hole size range -
Nominal bit size (in) 7 7 /8 8 1/2 9 7 /8
Max. Body OD (in) 6.88 6.75 9.08
Minimum ID (in) 2.3 2.3 2.3
External upset –
Maximum (pads in / out) (in) 7.76 / 8.385 8.32 / 8.71 9.47 / 10.354
Upset type - Actuator pads Actuator pads Actuator pads
1
Fishing neck (from top sub) (ft) 12.0 12.0 12.0
23 0
Build rate ( /100ft) 2 6 6
Bias Unit toolface phase shift (degrees) 139 188/1394 139
Dimensions (nominal) –
Tool Length5 (ft) 13.46 13.46 13.46
6
Control Collar (ft) 10.24 10.24 10.24
Ext. Sub (ft) 0.82 0.82 0.82
Bias Unit (ft) 2.41 2.41 2.41
Weight (in air) (lbs) 1700 1700 1750
Thread connection –
Joint yield torque (min. of
(ft-lbf) 26,600 26,600 26,600
top/btm)
Average bending moment of
(in4) 200 200 200
inertia (BU/ES/CC)

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-24 PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-24

Specification
PDX5 675 PDX5 675 PDX5 675
Parameter Units (7 7/8in) (81/2in) (9 7/8in)
Equivalent bending stiffness
(ft) 3.3/1.0/10.4 3.3/1.0/10.4 3.3/1.0/10.4
(BU/ES/CC) 7
Maximum collar dogleg 8 –
Rotating (o/100ft) 10 10 10
Sliding (o/100ft) 20 20 20
1
Fishing neck is the distance from the face seal of the top connection to the start of the external upset
on the sub.
2
Dependent on formation - assumes use of dedicated flex collar.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

3
Use ST1 Prediction Software
4
PDX5 BU - ENP001-ENP007 (100042949) should have a toolface offset of 188 degrees set in the SCB. PDX5
BU - ENP008 and up (100076471) should have a toolface offset of 139 degrees set in the SCB.
5
System length is that of the minimum self-contained operating configuration, excluding stabilizer, float subs,
crossovers, etc. Assumes PD675CC-BA with no recuts.
6
Based on PD675CC-BA.
7
Equivalent bending stiffness required is that of the equivalent API collar (as specified in PEI tables).
8
Maximum collar dogleg refers to maximum collar curvature, not hole curvature. This is a collar fatigue limit.

Table 2-9: PDX5 675 Operational and Environmental Limits

Specification
PDX5 675 PDX5 675 PDX5 675
Parameter Units (7 7/8in) (8 1/2in) (9 7/8in)
D&I offset distance 1 (ft) - - -
Maximum –
Operating RPM (rpm) 40 to 220 40 to 220 40 to 220
Operating torque (at bit) (ft-lbf) 16,000 16,000 16,000
2
Tensile load (overpull) (lbs) 1,100,000 1,100,000 1,100,000
Maximum operating pressure
(psi) 18,000 18,000 18,000
(hydrostatic)
Maximum differential
pressure 3 –
Internal to external (psi) 750 750 750
4
External to internal (psi) N/A N/A N/A
Pressure drop required for
(psi) 600 to 800 600 to 800 600 to 800
the actuator pads5
Flow deviation through bias
unit pads

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-25 PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-25

Specification
PDX5 675 PDX5 675 PDX5 675
Parameter Units (7 7/8in) (8 1/2in) (9 7/8in)
Volume of flow deviated
through bias unit pads at a
(gpm) 12.1 12.1 12.1
constant 700psi pressure
drop6
Sub pressure drop constant - 56,000 56,000 56,000
Maximum operating
(degC) 150 150 150
temperature7
Maximum –
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Mud sand content (max.) (%) 1 1 1


89
Solid and metalic content - - - -
Maximum LCM –
Size10 Medium Nut Medium Nut Medium Nut
-
Plug Plug Plug
Concentration, tool operating (lb/bbl) 50 50 50
Concentration, tool pass
(lb/bbl) N/A N/A N/A
through 11
1
Refer to Table 2-26 Sensor Specifications (p. 2-43)
2
The figure given is the maximum load based on the weakest connection in a typical PowerDrive BHA.
3
Indicates the maximum differential pressure recommended to ensure adequate seal life.
4
Not applicable due to presence of float in drill string.
5
The optimum pressure is in the range 650–750 psi.
6
The flow rate has been calculated using the PowerDrive Bit Pressure Drop — Quick Calculator available from
InTouch at content ID 3893597. The flow rate is calculated using a Pumping rate of 500 gpm, Mud weight
of 13.5 ppg and Bit RPM of 125 rpm. Refer to Figure 2-9 for details of the calculation spreadsheet. The
spreadsheet should be used to calculate the flow rates under different conditions.
7
Do not operate the tool above the specified temperature.
8
It is important to control the amount of solid content. Refer to the PowerDrive X5 UOP, Detailed Operating
Procedures section.
9
It is important to ensure there are no iron filings in the mud system. If necessary magnetic filters should be
used.
10
A Medium grained nutplug is defined as pecan or walnut based particles which are approximately 0.07in in
size. Determine the size distribution of the nutplug before testing. Most particles should be 0.07in ± 0.01in,
with no more than 10% of the particles having size greater than 0.08in.
11
The tool provides no restriction to LCM material - limitation will be bit nozzle size. LCM passage may cause
tool operation failure or other component damage.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-26 PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-26

PowerDrive Bit Pressure Drop - Quick Calculator


SEL ECT Po w er Dr i v e SIZE (b el o w ), B IT DIA m u s t b e m an u al l y en t er ed .
ENTER DATA IN THE BLUE BOXES ONLY
TOOL SIZE P D6 75
1 Select the PowerDrive size (determines flow diverted through
actuators)
2 Enter the pump flow, mud weight and bit diameter
PUMP FLOW (USGPM) 500 gpm 3 Select the bit nozzles to give the required bit pressure drop
Is Po w er Dr i v e b el o w a m o t o r ? 4 Check to see whether BU Restrictor is required
5 Adjust the size of the nozzles selected to ensure a close match
MOTOR UPPER RADIAL BEARING CLEARANCE 0.01 in of the required and actual restrictor pressure drops
MOTOR LOWER BEARING RADIAL CLEARANCE 0.02 in Note: Bit flow is less than pump flow due to flow diverted to
MUD WEIGHT (ppg) 13.50 ppg pads and motor if this is a PDXpress run.
BIT DIA (in) - For HSI calculation 9.00 in
BIT RPM 125 RPM
FLOW BELOW MOTOR (USgpm) 462.6 gpm

NOZZLE /32 TFA (in)


1 14 0.150
2 14 0.301
3 14 0.451
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

4 14 0.601
5 0 0.601
6 0.601
7 0.601
8 0.601
9 0.601
10 0.601 Automatic Calculate Bias
Uni t Flow Restri ctor
Bias Unit Flow Restrictor. 1E+09
0 0.000 Nozzle Di ameter
If non present enter 0

ACTUATOR FLOW 12.1 gpm Pad Pressure Drop 698 psi


BIT FLOW (USgpm) 451 gpm
TFA(in^2) 0.601 in
BIT PRESSURE DROP (psi) 698 psi
HHP 183 psi
HSI 2.9 psi
BU RESTRICTOR PRESSURE DROP (psi) N/A psi
TOTAL PAD PRESSURE DROP 698 psi
REQUIRED PRESSURE DROP
700 psi
(Specified range = 600-800 psi) Bit Pressure Drop 698 psi
PRESSURE DIFFERENCE
2.0
psi

B IA S UNIT PA D PRESSURE WITHIN TOL ERA NCE

Figure 2-9: PowerDrive Bit Pressure Drop — Quick Calculator (Flow


deviation through Bias Unit pads)

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-27 PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-27

Table 2-10: PDX5 675 Other Operational Specifications

Parameter Units Specification


Power source (operating) - Turbine alternator
Downwards telemetry - Mud flow variation
(typically >20%
variation)
Pulsation dampener required? (Y/N) No
(May be required for
monitoring SHT)
Recommended pre-charge 1 (psi) 800
2
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Flow-in filter screen recommended? (Y/N) Yes


Drillpipe filter screen recommenced? (Y/N) Yes
3
Downhole filter screen available? (Y/N) Yes
Pressure relief sub available? (Y/N) No
4
Clamp on stabilizer permitted? (Y/N) No
1
This is the recommended pre-charge as a pressure only. Higher values are generally better.
2
This is a filter screen placed in line between the pump and the standpipe manifold.
3
Filter assembly present within bias unit for mudflow diverted to the BU actuators.
4
No provision has been made for the fitting of a clamp-on stabilizer.

Table 2-11: PDX5 675 Flow Rate Ranges and Limits

1
Impeller set Limits Units Specification
A (High) Maximum – tool (gpm) 650
limitation
Maximum – operating (gpm) 650
Minimum – operating (gpm) 450
B (Low) Maximum – tool (gpm) 500
limitation
Maximum – operating (gpm) 500
Minimum – operating (gpm) 320
C (Wide Range) Maximum – tool (gpm) 650
limitation
Maximum – operating (gpm) 650
Minimum – operating (gpm) 360
1
Figures given for guidance and planning purposes only. Specific flow rate performance for each CU is
confirmed during the outbound flow loop test procedure (Refer to the OST data sheet).

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-28 PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-28

Table 2-12: PDX5 675 Pressure Drop Across System (psi). Pressure drop constant = 56,000

Mud Weight in ppg


Flow rate (gpm) 8.3 12.0 15.0 18.0
350 18 26 33 39
500 37 54 67 80
650 63 91 113 136

Equation 2-2: Pressure Drop Equation


PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Where:

Term Definition
MWppg mud weight in pounds per gallon
Q flow rate in gallons per minute
C pressure drop constant

2.3.3.2 PDX5 675 Connections — Torque Settings


The torque values listed for the tool are separate, distinct, and exclusive from
other connections. These values have been calculated in accordance with API
Spec.7 requirements.

There has been a significant increase in some of these values from more historic
values as equipment and material improvements have been made. Both the tool
and drill bit joints are now capable of withstanding greater torque values.

These values are in no way contradictory to values depicted in specification


S-288035. These values are specific to the tool, and are not necessarily
applicable to other collar connections.

Refer to the system diagrams for connections and torque values.

PDX5 675 Hanger Bolts and O-Rings

This section describes the hanger bolts required for securing the CU into the CC.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-29 PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-29

Table 2-13: PDX5 675 Hanger Bolts and O-Rings

Parameter Units Specification


Part Number - D1141 D1623
Description - M20 BeCu Bolt M12 BeCu Bolt
Where Used - Standard Upper hanger
CU SH CU
Length (mm) 51.8 43.3
Associated O-rings – -
Viton O-ring 8127 8127
Anti-extrusion ring 8128 8128
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Make up torque (Nm) 140 51


Socket size required (mm) 24 20

2.3.3.3 PDX5 675 System and Fishing Diagrams


The following System and Fishing diagrams are examples of possible PowerDrive
X5 675 configurations.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

2-30

PLF6-AA
A4508
A4514

Private
5 1/2 in FH PIN

5 1/2 in FH BOX

A4554 D4776
A4433
MAKEUP TORQUE A4229
5.0 ± 0.5 KFT/LBS
6.8 ± 0.7 kNm
PD6SRX-AB
5 1/2 in FH BOX

Figure 2-10: PDX5 675 System Diagram


NC50 (4 1/2 in IF)

A4958 A5258

PDCU-BA & PD6SCU-BA


PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications

NC50 (4 1/2 in IF)


NC50 (4 1/2 in IF)

Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.


100076471
100036395 100040351
NC50 (4 1/2 in IF)

4 1/2 in REG

Downhole
2-30

5 1/2 in FH 8 1/2 in PDX6BU-AB


2-31 PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-31

5 1/2 in FH BOX

ID=130mm / 5.1 in
OD=178mm / 7.0 in

9.7ft / 2948mm
ID=101.6mm / 4.0 in
OD=132.5mm / 5.2 in IN-LINE FLEX COLLAR
PLF6-AA
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

ID=101.6mm / 4.0 in
5 1/2 in FH PIN OD=178mm / 7.0 in

5 1/2 in FH BOX 26 ± 2 kft/lbs


35 ± 3 kNm
ID=124mm / 4.9 in
OD=175mm / 6.89 in
5.7ft / 1744mm
SLEEVE TORQUE
ID=79.4mm / 3.1 in
5 ± 0.5 kft/lbs RECEIVER STABILIZER
OD=157mm / 6.2 in
6.8 ± 0.7 kNm
PD6SRX-AB
26 ± 2 kft/lbs
NC50 (4 1/2 in IF) PIN 35 ± 3 kNm
NC50 (4 1/2 in IF) BOX

ID=106mm / 4.1 in
OD=171mm / 6.75 in

10.2ft / 3122mm
CONTROL UNIT
26 ± 2 kft/lbs PDCU-BA + PD6SCU-BA
35 ± 3 kNm (SEE ALTERNATIVE
COLLAR TABLE)
NC50 (4 1/2 in IF) BOX
NC50 (4 1/2 in IF) PIN
5 1/2 in FH PIN
5 1/2 in FH BOX
3.23ft / 985mm
2.41ft / 735mm
BIAS UNIT & EXTENSION SUB
8.5 in PDX6BU-AB
4 1/2 in REG (SEE ALTERNATIVE
16 kft/lbs max BIAS UNIT TABLE)
21.7 kNm max
Figure 2-11: PDX5 675 Fishing Diagram

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-32 PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-32

2.3.3.4 PDX5 675 Alternative Bias Units


Table 2-14: PDX5 675 Alternative Bias Unit Specifications

Size (in) Filecode Part No. Length OD ID Lower Lower


(mm/ft) (mm/in) (mm/in) Box Box
Torque Connection
(max)
21.7 kNm
7 7/8 PDX6BU-BA 100104801 735/2.41 171/6.75 58/2.3 4 1/2 Reg
16 kft/lbs
21.7 kNm
4 1/2 Reg
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

8 1/2 PDX6BU-AB 100076471 735/2.41 175/6.88 58/2.3


16 kft/lbs
43 kNm
9 7/8 PDX6BU-CA 100103433 735/2.41 204/8.03 58/2.3 6 5/8 Reg
32 kft/lbs

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

2-33

A4958 A5258 PDCU-BA + PD675CC-BA 2.3.3.5


NC50 (4 1/2 in IF)

Private
NC50 (4 1/2 in IF)

Downhole

A5127 A5258 PDCU-BA + PDSC6-AA

NC50 (4 1/2 in IF) NC50 (4 1/2 in IF)

Downhole

T1010675 A5456 A5258 PDCU-BA + PDSC6-BA


SEE TABLE FOR
ALTERNATIVE
SLEEVE SIZES
NC50 (4 1/2 in IF) NC50 (4 1/2 in IF)

Downhole

Figure 2-12: PDX5 675 Alternative CU Collars


SLEEVE TORQUE
14.0 ± 1.5 kft/lbs
19.0 ± 2.0 kNm
PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications

Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.


PDX5 675 Alternative Control Units and Collars
2-33
2-34 PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-34

Table 2-15: PDX5 675 Alternative Control Unit Collar Specifications

Filecode Pt. No. Length OD Body ID


(mm/ft) (mm/in) (mm/in)
PD675CC-BA A4958 3122/10.24 171/6.75 106/4.1
PDSC6–AA A5127 3122/10.24 171/6.75 106/4.1
PDSC6–BA A5456 3122/10.24 171/6.75 106/4.1

Table 2-16: PDX5 675 Control Collar Sleeves

Part No. Size (in)


PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

T1068039 Blank protector


T1010675 8 3 /8
T1010676 8 5 /8
T1010949 9 3 /8
T1010553 9 3 /4

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

2-35

2.3.3.6
D4075
PD675FC-CA
NC50 (4 1/2in IF)

Private
Downhole

NC50 (4 1/2in IF)

D4068
PD675FC-BA
NC50 (4 1/2in IF)

Downhole

NC50 (4 1/2in IF)

D4448 PD675FC-DA

NC50 (4 1/2in IF)

Figure 2-13: PDX5 675 Alternative Flex Collars


Downhole
PDX5 675 Alternative Flex Collars
PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications

5 1/2in FH Pin
A4508 PLF6-AA
A4514

Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.


5 1/2 FH BOX
Downhole

5 1/2 FH PIN
2-35
2-36 PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-36

Table 2-17: PDX5 675 Alternative Flex Collar Specifications

Filecode Pt. No. Length OD at OD at ID


(mm/ft) Ends Centre (mm/in)
(mm/in) (mm/in)
PD675FC-DA D4448 2865/9.4 171/6.75 127/5.0 76/3.0
PD675FC-BA D4068 2438/8.0 171/6.75 123/4.8 89/3.5
PD675FC-CA D4075 2852/9.4 171/6.75 127/5.0 76/3.0
PLF6–AA D4510 2948/9.7 178/7.0 132/5.2 101/4.1
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

2.3.4 PDX5 900

2.3.4.1 PDX5 900 Mechanical Characteristics


Table 2-18: PD900 Flow Rate Ranges and Limits

1
Impeller set Limits Units Specification
A (High) Maximum – tool (gpm) 1,900
limitation
Maximum – operating (gpm) 1,500
Minimum – operating (gpm) 800
B (Low) Maximum – tool (gpm) 920
limitation
Maximum – operating (gpm) 920
Minimum – operating (gpm) 480
C (Wide Range) Maximum – tool (gpm) -
limitation
Maximum – operating (gpm) -
Minimum – operating (gpm) -
D (Medium) Maximum – tool (gpm) 1,200
limitation
Maximum – operating (gpm) 1,200
Minimum – operating (gpm) 600
1
Figures given for guidance and planning purposes only. Specific flow rate limitations for each CU is confirmed
during the outbound flow loop test procedure (Refer to the OST data sheet).

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-37 PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-37

Table 2-19: PD900 Pressure Drop Across System. Pressure drop constant = 259,000

Mud Weight in ppg


Flow rate (gpm) 8.3 12.0 15.0 18.0
600 12 17 21 25
900 26 38 47 56
1,200 46 67 83 100

Equation 2-3: Pressure Drop Equation


PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Where:

Term Definition
MWppg mud weight in pounds per gallon
Q flow rate in gallons per minute
C pressure drop constant

2.3.4.2 PD900 Connections — Torque Settings


The torque values listed for the tool, as up-dated in this issue, are separate,
distinct, and exclusive from other connections. These values have been
calculated in accordance with API Spec.7 requirements.

The fact that there has been a significant increase in some of these values
from more historic values lies in the fact that, as equipment and material
improvements have been made, both in the tool and in drill bits, the tools joints
are now capable of withstanding greater torque values.

These values are in no way contradictory to values depicted in specification


S-288035. Rather, these values are specific to the tool, and are not necessarily
applicable to other collar connections.

PD900 Hanger Bolts and O-Rings

This section describes the hanger bolts required for securing the CU into the CC.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-38 PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-38

Table 2-20: PD900 Hanger Bolts and O-Rings

Parameter Units PD9001 PD9002


Part Number D4023 D4206
Description M20 BeCu Bolt M20 BeCu Bolt
Where Used Standard Standard
CU CU
Length (mm) 68.6 57.6
Associated O-rings –
Viton O-ring 8127 8127
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Anti-extrusion ring 8128 8128


Make up torque (Nm) 140 140
Socket size required (mm) 24 24
1
Includes PD900 variants. Used with 7 in necked CU. Requires two (2) O-ring sets.
2
Used with necked CU for 6 in Reg. Requires two (2) O-ring sets.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

2-39

A4552
A2688
2.3.4.3
PD900CC-AA + PD9SCU-AA

Private
7 5/8in Reg Box 7 5/8in Reg Box

Downhole

A4327
A4552
PD900CC-BA + PD9SCU-AA
6 5/8in Reg Box 7 5/8in Reg Box

Downhole

A5226
A4552
PDSC9-AA + PD9SCU-AA

Figure 2-14: PD900 Alternative Control Collars


6 5/8in Reg Box
7 5/8in Reg Box
PD900 Alternative Control Collars

Downhole
PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications

100002241
Sleeve Torque See table for 100011730
30 kft/lbs ± 3 kft/lbs alternative

Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.


41 kNm ± 4 kNm A4552
sleeve sizes PDSC9-BA + PD9SCU-AA
6 5/8in Reg Box
7 5/8in Reg Box

Downhole
2-39
2-40 PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-40

Table 2-21: PD900 Alternative Control Collar Specifications

Filecode Pt. No. Length OD Body ID


(mm/ft) (mm/in) (mm/in)
PD900CC-AA A2688 3088/10.1 228/9.0 130/5.1
PD900CC-BA A4327 3088/10.1 228/9.0 & 130/5.1
209/8.2
PDSC9–AA A5226 3088/10.1 228/9.0 & 130/5.1
209/8.2
PDSC9–BA1 100011730 3088/10.1 228/9.0 & 130/5.1
209/8.2
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

1
See table for available Stabilizer Sleeves.

Table 2-22: PD900 Control Collar Sleeves — PDSC9–BA

Size (in) Part No.


12 1/8 100002241
14 3/8 100002248
14 5/8 100002251
Thread Protector Sleeve 100002262

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

2-41

9in PD900FC-AA 2.3.4.4


6 5/8in Reg

Private
6 5/8in Reg

Downhole

9 1/2in PD900FC-BA
6 5/8in Reg

6 5/8in Reg

Downhole

Figure 2-15: PD900 Alternative Flex Collars


PD900 Alternative Flex Collars

D4511 9in PLF9-AA


A4514 6 5/8in FH

6 5/8in FH
PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications

Downhole

Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.


D5183 9 1/2in PLF9-BA
A4514 7 5/8in H90

7 5/8in H90

Downhole
2-41
2-42 PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-42

Table 2-23: PD900 Alternative Flex Collar Specifications

Filecode Pt. No. Length OD at Ends OD at Centre ID


(mm/ft) (mm/in) (mm/in) (mm/in)
PD900FC-AA D4088 2865/9.0 203/8.0 152/6.0 101/4.0
PD900FC-BA D4449 2865/9.4 203/8.0 152/6.0 115/4.5
PLF9–AA A4518 2948/9.7 208/8.2 162/6.4 127/5.0
PLF9–BA A5182 2948/9.7 241/9.5 171/6.75 127/5.0

2.3.5 Optional Parts


PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Several parts have been released to enhance the performance of the tool in
some difficult environments. Those parts are optional due to either their limited
availability or their additional cost. Reliability of the tool can be improved if parts
are selected for the correct environment. Table 2-24 below is provided to help
select the optimum hardware for a given job.

Table 2-24: Optional Parts

Part Description Purpose Environment Tools


number
PowerDrive PowerDrive
X5 Xtra
100094504 PD675 Clamp Enhance Mud with high N/A OK
plate assembly seal life sand content
with hardcoated Abrasive
bore formation
drilled at high
ROP
100034601 PD675 Lozenge Enhance pad Abrasive OK1 OK
TSP pad life formation
A5506 PD900 Lozenge Enhance pad Abrasive N/A OK
TSP pad life formation
1 1 7
These pads can only be used with the 8 / and 9 / in Bias Units
2 8

The SHTC Field Test web page should also be consulted to check if some of the
prototype parts can be used for performance improvement, after consultation
with SHTC:
https://pws.stonehouse.oilfield.slb.com/SHTC/SG/Field_Test/

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-43 PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-43

2.3.6 Electrical Specifications


PowerDrive X5 tools utilize a number of common electrical and electronic
modules mounted on a single chassis (bracket). The following specifications
apply to all PowerDrive X5 products unless otherwise stated.

2.3.6.1 Battery, Sensor and Memory Specifications


Table 2-25: Battery Specifications for Comms Module
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Parameter Units Specification


1
Battery Type Lithium Thionyl
Choride
Maximum battery shelf life2 Months 4
Size AA (19g cell)
Lithium content (g) 0.6
Voltage (V) 3.6
1
Supports Real Time Clock, memory data and diagnostic data.
2
The recommended battery shelf life is 4 months. See date on CU sticker.

Table 2-26: Sensor Specifications

Parameter Units Specification


Requirement to change from magnetic to gravitation (°) 5
1
SENSORS
Tri axial accelerometer –
Accuracy (°) 0.09
Resolution (°) 0.05
Repeatability (°) 0.05
Distance from bit box (ft) 7.262
Tri-axial magnetometers –
Accuracy (°) 0.25
Resolution (°) 0.1
Repeatability (°) 0.2
Distance from bit box (ft) 9.28
Toolface Accuracy (+/-) 1.0
Near-bit inclination (°) 0.4
Near-bit azimuth (°) 0.9

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-44 PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-44

Parameter Units Specification


Gamma Sensor
Type (%) Azimuthal
Average (over 10 counts) - 5
Quadrant separation - 3:1
Distance from bit box (ft) 6.05
Shock Sensor
Shock detector threshold (g) 50 ± 5
Bandwidth (kHz) 10–15
Max (peak) g (g) ± 500
1
The distances of the sensors from the bit box are calculated for a PDX5 675 Bias Unit and Control Collar
2
The distance is taken to the centre of the 3 accelerometers.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Table 2-27: Memory Specifications

Parameter Units Specification


1
Downhole memory? (Y/N) Yes
Size Mbytes 2.5
1
Recorded data in control unit only. Logged data channels and partitions dependant on SCB set-up.

2.3.6.2 Interface Specifications


Table 2-28: Interface Specifications

Parameter Units Specification


Power Source — Turbine alternator1
Downlink Communication — Reduction of mud
flow rate( >20%
reduction per data
bit)
Data Link Output — Link to LTB Bus
1
Refer to individual specifications for flow rates.

2.3.6.3 Real-Time Link Specification


The tool can communicate with Powerpulse / Slimpulse tools via the LTB.

Table 2-29: Real-Time Link Specifications

Parameter Units Specification


Link format -
CU to Transmitter RS232 19200 Bd
(8,N,1)

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-45 PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-45

Parameter Units Specification


Data type ASCII (tagged)
Data Link
— Link type Magnetic induction
— Modulation type Frequency shift
keying (F1D)
Modulation frequencies
Data = 0 (Hz) 595
Data = 1 (Hz) 575
Data rate (Bd) 10
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Range in air (ft) 16


1
Range in collar (ft) 8
Error rate2 (bits) <1 in 104
Receiver bandwidth (Hz) 16
20Hz (-3dB), 60Hz
(-40dB)
Antenna - receiver
DC resistance3 (Ohm) 17.7 ± 2.0 @ 23
degC
Inductance (mH) 55 ± 25 @ 1KHz
Antenna - transmitter
DC resistance4 (Ohm) 6.0 ± 0.5 @ 23
degC
Inductance (mH) 55 ± 25 @ 1KHz
Link to ImPulse LTB
Power to Receiver (via LTB)
Voltage (V) 22 ± 3 VDC (max
ripple 250 mV p-p)
Current (A) 50 mA Nom.
Output Connectors/Cables
- CU ROP (at spindle) A4833, Mk2 Cable,
PowerDrive Surface
Equipment Adaptor
- ShortHop Receiver Cartridge H529875,
Assembly, LTB/Bus
Cable (LTB/BAT)
1
Dependent upon collar material, distance between transmitter / receiver and Upper Torquer Generator
output voltage.
2
Error rate is proportional to received signal strength. This may be affected by the distance between the
transmitter / receiver, the voltage supplied to the transmitter and the collar material. Error rate quoted is for
ranges detailed in table. Transmitter supply voltage must be >12V (ie. Minimum Upper Torquer operational
RPM).

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-46 PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-46

3
Resistance of windings will vary with temperature.
4
Resistance of windings will vary with temperature.

2.3.6.4 Data Formats (D-points)


Firmware updates have been incorporated such that the tool can utilize a Tool ID
of 133 or 150. This is necessary to enable a tool to be used with either Impulse or
PowerPulse. Note these settings are for IDEAL 8 or equivalent, see Table 2-30.

Table 2-30: D-point Data (Tool ID=133 or ID=150)


PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Conversion
Abbrev. Data No.of Algorithm
Name Point bits Param. X ->AX+B Eng.Units Full Name
(ID) No. A B (after
conv.)
INCL_b 3201 12 1 0.05 0 Degrees Inclination
GT_b 3202 6 3 0.5 984 Milli G Total G
BT_b 3204 11 4 48.0 0 Nano Total B (H)
Tesla
RTSTAT_b1 3205 12 5 1 0 None Real Time
Control Unit
Status Bit
STEER_b 3206 8 6 1 0 None Steering control
setting (SCB
table Cell
index to TF +
Proportion)
TFDS_b2 3207 6 7 1 0 Degrees Demand
Toolface
PRDS_b3 3208 4 8 1 0 % Steer Demand
Proportion
TF_HI_b4 5 3209 12 9 0.1 0 Degrees Measured
Toolface in
borehole
content (MTF
or GTF)
INCLQ_b 3210 4 10 0.8 0 Degrees Inc quality
(standard
deviation)
AZIMQ_b 3211 4 11 1.6 0 Degrees Azi quality
(standard
deviation)
SHKRSK_b 3212 2 12 1 0 None Shock risk

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-47 PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-47

Conversion
Abbrev. Data No.of Algorithm
Name Point bits Param. X ->AX+B Eng.Units Full Name
(ID) No. A B (after
conv.)
STKSLP6 7 8 3213 4 13 1 0 None Stick/slip
amplitude and
frequency (SS
AMPL, SS
FREQ)
PD0_b 3214 12 14 1 0 None PD Generic
dpoint#0
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

not used 3215 15 reserved for


S/H e-m link
checksum
AZIMLO_b1 3216 10 16 0.4 0 Degrees Azimuth
(low res 0.4
degrees)
TF-b9 3217 6 17 6 0 Degrees Measured TF
(MTF or GTF)
(low resolution
6 degrees)
SIG_b10 11
3218 12 18 1 0 None Shorthop (S/H)
receiver signal
strength
SIGLO_b12 3219 6 19 1 0 None (S/H) receiver
signal strength
(low resolution)
SIGQ_b 3220 4 20 1 0 None S/H Receiver
signal quality
AGE_b 3221 16 21 1 0 S/H receiver
status bits, data
age (added by
modem)
PD1_b 3222 12 22 1 0 None PD Generic
dpoint #1
PD2_b 3223 12 23 1 0 None PD Generic
dpoint #2
PD3_b 3224 12 24 1 0 None PD Generic
dpoint #3
PD4_b 3225 12 25 1 0 None PD Generic
dpoint #4
PD5_b 3226 12 26 1 0 None PD Generic
dpoint #5
PD6_b 3227 12 27 1 1 None PD Generic
dpoint #6

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-48 PowerDrive X5 UOP / General Description and Specifications 2-48

Conversion
Abbrev. Data No.of Algorithm
Name Point bits Param. X ->AX+B Eng.Units Full Name
(ID) No. A B (after
conv.)
PD7_b 3228 12 28 1 0 None PD Generic
dpoint #7
GRAV_b13 3231 7 31 (X*16/128)2 14 0 counts / s Gamma ray
CPS overall
GRUP_b 3232 7 32 (X*16/128)2 0 counts / s Gamma ray
CPS up
quadrant
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Giles Marshall\no ref. no.\2.0\Release Date:07-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 274965813\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

GRLF_b 3233 7 33 (X*16/128)2 0 counts / s Gamma ray


CPS left
quadrant
GRDN_b 3234 7 34 (X*16/128)2 0 counts / s Gamma counts
down quadrant
GRRT_b 3235 7 35 (X*16/128)2 0 counts / s Gamma ray
CPS right
quadrant
1
PD1_b when using IDEAL 7.
2
PD2_b when using IDEAL 7.
3
PD3_b when using IDEAL 7.
4
PTF_b when using IDEAL 7.
5
Control Unit tool face will be available in two resolutions, normal and LO resolution (6.4 degrees) - for use
where bandwidth is limited.
6
PD4_b when using IDEAL 7.
7
STKSLP_b is a combined d-point showing quantised amplitude and frequency of stick/slip over the previous
30 seconds.
8
Stickslip is not currently implemented with the PDX5 service
9
PTFLO_b2 when using IDEAL 7.
10
SIG_b when using IDEAL 7.
11
SIG_LO, SIG_HI (Signal Strength) is also available in two resolutions, 12 and 6-bit. The 6-bit version
cuts off at approx. 50% receiver input saturation.
12
SIG_LO, SIG_HI (Signal Strength) is also available in two resolutions, 12 and 6-bit. The 6-bit version
cuts off at approx. 50% receiver input saturation.
13
Gamma outputs valid only when Gamma sensor pack fitted.
14
If X =127 no communications

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-i PowerDrive X5 UOP / Job Preparation 3-i

Job Preparation
3.1 General ________________________________________________________ 3-1
3.2 Safety Considerations __________________________________________ 3-1
3.3 Job Planning ___________________________________________________ 3-2
3.3.1 Pre-Job Client Meetings ______________________________________ 3-2
3.3.2 Operational Constraints ______________________________________ 3-6
3.3.3 Optional Parts _______________________________________________ 3-7
3.4 BHA Considerations and Constraints __________________________ 3-8
3.4.1 Dogleg Prediction ____________________________________________ 3-8
3.4.2 Stabilizers ___________________________________________________ 3-8
3.4.3 Bit Selection _________________________________________________ 3-9
3.4.4 Bias Unit Flow Restrictor ____________________________________ 3-10
3.4.5 Flex Collars ________________________________________________ 3-10
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275056768\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

3.4.6 Sensor and Measurement Positions __________________________ 3-11


3.4.7 Drilling Fluid ________________________________________________ 3-11
3.4.8 Abrasive Formations ________________________________________ 3-12
3.4.9 Drilling Out of a Casing Shoe ________________________________ 3-12
3.4.10 Kick-off from Vertical ________________________________________ 3-12
3.4.11 Sidetracking a Well _________________________________________ 3-12
3.4.12 Screens and Filters _________________________________________ 3-13
3.4.13 Magnetic Interference _______________________________________ 3-13
3.4.14 Impeller/Nozzle Selection and Bypass Flow ___________________ 3-14
3.4.15 Drilling Blind — no E-Mag Link _______________________________ 3-14
3.4.16 Running Below a Motor _____________________________________ 3-14
3.4.17 Downhole Shocks ___________________________________________ 3-15
3.5 Rig Considerations ____________________________________________ 3-17
3.6 Equipment Preparation and Checklists ________________________ 3-18
3.6.1 Surface Equipment __________________________________________ 3-18
3.6.1.1 Software and Documentation _____________________________ 3-18
3.6.1.2 Surface System _________________________________________ 3-19
3.6.1.3 Surface Sensors ________________________________________ 3-19
3.6.1.4 Surface Cabling for IDEAL _______________________________ 3-19
3.6.1.5 Rigsite Toolkit ___________________________________________ 3-20
3.6.1.6 Flow Restrictors _________________________________________ 3-21
3.6.1.7 Float Valves _____________________________________________ 3-22
3.6.1.8 Outgoing System Test (OST) Procedure __________________ 3-23
3.6.1.9 Programming the PowerPulse ____________________________ 3-24
3.6.2 Downhole Equipment _______________________________________ 3-24
3.7 Mobilization and Transportation _______________________________ 3-24
3.7.1 Collars _____________________________________________________ 3-24
3.7.2 Documentation _____________________________________________ 3-25
3.7.3 Lithium Batteries ____________________________________________ 3-25

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-ii PowerDrive X5 UOP / Job Preparation 3-ii
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275056768\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Intentionally Blank

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-1 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Job Preparation 3-1

3 JOB PREPARATION
This section consists of guidelines for use in the preparation for a job.

3.1 General
The following tasks need to completed:
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275056768\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

• The Cell Manager should attend a pre-job meeting with the Client in town.
• The Cell Manager should understand the needs and expectations of both
geological and drilling representatives.
• The Cell Manager should appraise those in attendance of the on-site
requirements for Schlumberger Drilling & Measurements operations and
should arrange a rig visit at the Client’s earliest convenience.
• All matters related to Quality, Health, Safety, and Environment should be
raised at this forum.

3.2 Safety Considerations


The following safety considerations should be discussed as a minimum.

• Safety courses required as per Client regulations prior to working on the rig
(offshore survival, well control school, fire fighting, H2S, etc.).
• The zone classification where the Schlumberger equipment is to be located
and operated.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-2 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Job Preparation 3-2

3.3 Job Planning

Note
It should be remembered that proper planning prevents poor performance. It
does not provide a guarantee, but a badly planned operation is handicapped
before it begins.

Proper planning involves:


PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275056768\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

• Meetings with client to clarify and understand their needs.


• Visits to the wellsite to see the conditions under which the job will be done.
• Cell meetings to ensure preparation is smooth and comprehensive.

3.3.1 Pre-Job Client Meetings


The Cell Manager must meet with the client before a job to clarify client
expectations and services to be provided. Field engineers should try to
attend pre-job meetings. Discuss the well plan and objectives with the drilling
department, and the target objectives and formation evaluation goals with the
geology/petrophysics departments. Be prepared to supply information about the
particular PowerDrive and PowerDrive/MWD/LWD configurations.

The following topics should be discussed with the Client:

1. Communication: Who talks to whom about what and when.


2. Safety: Any issues or concerns.
3. Well Plan: What are the objectives and the best way to accomplish them.
4. Contingency Plans: Explore all what if’s and have back-up plans.

Minimum Information Required from Client

The Pre-Job well data sheet, shown in Figure 3-1 (p. 3-4) should be completed.

1. Drilling program and prognosis

a. Rig, Operator, Well No., Field


b. Last casing, O/D, I/D, Shoe depth
c. Location co-ordinates

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-3 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Job Preparation 3-3

d. Kick-off point
e. Geothermal gradient, anticipated circulating & static temperature
f. Expected drilling problems (from offset wells)
g. Type of drilling fluid (properties)
h. Planned flow rates etc.
i. Drilling parameters (WOB, RPM)
j. Well plan - DLS requirements
2. Proposed BHA

a. Directional requirements
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275056768\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

b. Bit type
c. Required hydraulics
d. Required measurement and sensor distances
3. MWD System to be used

a. Measurements/update rate
b. Flow rates (essential if not Schlumberger supported)
4. Geology Information

a. Formation type, angle of entry


5. Reporting Requirements

a. Report formats required by client


b. Distribution list and schedule
6. Names and Contact Numbers

a. Drilling Supervisor/Drilling Engineer


b. Wellsite Geologist
c. Rig phone/fax numbers
7. Logistics and Equipment Shipping Procedures

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-4 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Job Preparation 3-4

Pre-Job Well Data Summary

1. CONTACT
Client Name: Schlumberger's Representative:
Representative's Name: Schlumberger's Tel:
Representative's Tel: Timing of the Job:

2. WELL, JOB INFORMATION


Field Name: Rig Type:
Well Name: KOP at hole size:
Well Location: TVD @ KOP:
Offshore/Onshore: Vertical Section Azi
Last Casing Depth Size / Weight
CRS/PP/CDR/ADN Job: Dogleg required?

3. OPERATIONAL DATA
Hole Size: Mud Type
Flow (GPM) Mud Weight (ppg)
Average ROP: Excessive Corrosive Gases:
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275056768\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Max.Stat. Temp (F): Max Sand Content(%):


Max.Circ. Temp (F): Max Solid Content(%):
Total Bit RPM Range Surface Torque range
Float Valve needed: Y/N Downhole Torque Range

4. WELL DIRECTIONAL DATA


Profile Type: Well's Coordinates: LONG.
TVD (Ft) @ TD: Well's Coordinates: LAT.
Max. DLS/100Ft: Dip Angle:
Min/Max Inclination Magnetic Declination:
Rig Elevation Magnetic Field Strength:

5. FORMATIONS
Depth/Type Homogenous/Interbedded:
Depth/Type Possible Hole overguaged:
Depth/Type Possibility of getting stuck:
Depth/Type If yes, where:

6. BITS
Mfg: Nozzle type:
Type: Nozzle number:
IADC Code: Nozzle size:
Bit length (Tip-Shoulder): Center of Gravity (Tip-Shoulder)

7. Lift Subs

8. SOFTWARE
IDEAL Hardware (CA/DA/EA): IDEAL Frame Number:
IDEAL Software Version: SPM Software Version:
CRS CPU/Xtra Comms PowerPulse Software Version:
CRS DSP/Xtra Sensor

8. BHA Item ID OD Connection Length (ft) Tot. Length (ft)

Figure 3-1: Pre-Job Well Data Sheet

Advise Client of Operational and Wellsite Considerations

1. PowerDrive Operating Specifications

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-5 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Job Preparation 3-5

a. Hole size and tool size


b. Maximum circulating temperature
c. Maximum bottom hole pressure
d. Flow rates
e. Pressure drop across the tool/bit
f. Availability of X-overs and lifting subs
g. Mud suitability
h. MWD compatibility
i. Preferred bit type
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275056768\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

j. Float requirement
k. Presence of H2S (damage to O-rings etc.)
l. Presence of mud pump soft start system or similar (effects timings
for telemetries)
2. LCM

a. Maximum tolerable concentration


b. LCM pills to be circulated past bit before pumps are stopped
c. Surface and downhole filter issues
3. Bottom Hole Assembly

a. Directional capabilities
b. Collar dimensions & connections
c. Stabilizer placement
d. Preferred bit type & pressure drop requirements
e. RPM & WOB
4. Surface Equipment

a. Surface equipment location, dimensions, safety


b. Classification, power requirements
c. PT installation
d. Dampening system/charge pressures (SHT only)
e. Drill pipe screens

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-6 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Job Preparation 3-6

Information Provided by Schlumberger for the Client

The following items should be brought to the pre-job meeting in anticipation of


Client’s questions and to be submitted as additional information to the Client.

• Schlumberger QHSE Policy, QHSE Management System and QHSE


passport.
• Schlumberger Geomarket and District organization chart.
• Quality assurance/Quality control procedures.
• PowerDrive overview material.
• Sensor certification requirement.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275056768\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

• Resumes of Cell members and District management.


• Copy of contract and pricing.
• Relevant marketing material on Schlumberger Drilling & Measurement
products.

Meeting Attendees

Where possible, attendance at the pre-spud/section meeting should include the:

• Directional driller
• PowerDrive engineer (if not covered by the above)
• MWD engineer
• Field service manager or DD co-ordinator.

3.3.2 Operational Constraints


Do not operate the tool outside its mechanical and operational specifications
as detailed in section 2.3 Specifications (p. 2-17). The following limits are of
particular relevance and must be discussed with the Client:

• Flow ranges by impeller type each bias unit size has its own set of impellers
and flow ranges as follows:

Tool Size Table of Impellers and Flow Ranges


PDX5 675

Ensure the expected flow rate is agreed, and the appropriate impeller
configuration selected.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-7 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Job Preparation 3-7

3-1
• Max. rpm: 220
• Pressure Drop — 600 to 800 psi
• Max sand content — 1 %
• Max temperature — 150 degC
• Max pressure — see section 2.3 Specifications (p. 2-17)
• Max DLS — see section 2.3 Specifications (p. 2-17)
• Pass thru — see section 2.3 Specifications (p. 2-17)
• LCM — see section 2.3 Specifications (p. 2-17)
• Shock / vibrations — Extreme shocks and vibration is destructive to all BHA
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275056768\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

components. See section 3.4.17 Downhole Shocks (p. 3-15)

3.3.3 Optional Parts


Several parts have been released to enhance the performance of the tool in
some difficult environments. Those parts are optional due to either their limited
availability or their additional cost. Reliability of the tool can be improved if parts
are selected for the correct environment. Table 2-24 below is provided to help
select the optimum hardware for a given job.

Table 3-1: Optional Parts

Part Description Purpose Environment Tools


number
PowerDrive PowerDrive
X5 Xtra
100094504 PD675 Clamp Enhance Mud with high N/A OK
plate assembly seal life sand content
with hardcoated Abrasive
bore formation
drilled at high
ROP
100034601 PD675 Lozenge Enhance pad Abrasive OK1 OK
TSP pad life formation
A5506 PD900 Lozenge Enhance pad Abrasive N/A OK
TSP pad life formation
1 1 7
These pads can only be used with the 8 / and 9 / in Bias Units
2 8

3-1. The cumulative maximum downhole rpm must not exceed maximum rpm allowed. Rotation
of the surface string and rotation from a mud motor, if used, must be taken into account. Stick/slip
conditions will also affect downhole rpm.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-8 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Job Preparation 3-8

The SHTC Field Test web page should also be consulted to check if some of the
prototype parts can be used for performance improvement, after consultation
with SHTC:
https://pws.stonehouse.oilfield.slb.com/SHTC/SG/Field_Test/

3.4 BHA Considerations and Constraints


To prevent damage to the Bias Unit seals, a float valve is required above the
Control Unit. This is fitted either within the string stabilizer or using bespoke
units if running with the real time link.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275056768\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: machinery equipment hand tools

The float valve is not visible through the flex sub that fits above PD475 units, it is
therefore possible to drop the float valve if is has not been properly secured.

3.4.1 Dogleg Prediction


The build-up rates produced by the tool will vary depending on both the BHA
configuration, formation being drilled, bit, hydraulics and drilling parameters.

The maximum dogleg capabilities for the tools are detailed in section 2.3
Specifications (p. 2-17).

3.4.2 Stabilizers
The tool has been designed to operate with a string stabilizer installed directly
above the control collar. Ultimately, the choice of stabilizer size will depend on the
required response from the system and local drilling experience and practices.

Some control collars are manufactured with an integral blade stabilizer or a


sleeve stabilizer. There is, in this case, no need for a string stabilizer directly
above the control collar.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-9 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Job Preparation 3-9

Tip
If local experience is not available, then it is recommended to initially run with a
1/ in undergauge stabilizer.
8

These guidelines can be used when choosing a stabilizer:

• Select a water melon shaped profile, with a short, spiral blade contact area.
• Where available, stabilizers should be bored for a float valve. If a float sub
has to be used, it should be situated above the stabilizer.
• A stabilizer relieved to an 1/8 in below the bit gauge will reduce the potential
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275056768\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

for stick/slip, vibration and getting stuck.


• The tool does not require any secondary stabilization. Normally the string
will be stabilized higher up by the ADN (where used). If required, a second
stabilizer, such as RAB/GVR, may be run above the flex collar, however,
steering response will be affected.

• As with standard rotary assembly practices, the use of under-gauge


stabilizers (i.e. 7 3/4 in with the PD675) increases the BUR and reduces the
drop tendency of the assembly in neutral — however directional sensitivity
may be affected.
• It is not advisable to use any form of flex collar below the stabilizer; this will
reduce the steering effectiveness.

3.4.3 Bit Selection


The tool is intended to work with any manufacturer’s bit. Performance may be
optimized by utilizing an appropriate PDC bit, having the gauge pads relieved
slightly to allow greater lateral penetration if required. Nb. this should only be
carried out if necessary. Roller cone bits may also be used.

Both the gauge and shank length of the bit has a significant effect on system
performance.

The tool requires a pressure drop of >600 psi beneath the system, however, to
achieve optimum performance 650 to 750 psi is preferred. Ideally the bit should
be jetted to provide this pressure. If a lower than optimum bit pressure drop is
required then a flow restrictor can be fitted into the base of the bias unit.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-10 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Job Preparation 3-10

The bit type, and profile can often cause the tool to exhibit some degree of
toolface offset during a run. The toolface offset is normal but can vary from one
bit type to another. The result is that the resultant steering direction is different
to that set in the tool — for example, the tool will steer the well at 45 degrees
left of highside despite a highside setting being set in the tool. Experience will
enable this effect to be overcome.

3.4.4 Bias Unit Flow Restrictor


If, for operational reasons, this pressure drop cannot be provided then a Bias
Unit flow restrictor may be used. This can be jetted to provide the required
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275056768\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

additional pressure to the bias unit pads.

The flow restrictor sits in the base of the bias unit and is held in place by a set
of O-rings and secured by the bit pin. It should be inserted just prior to making
up the bit, and removed immediately on breaking off the bit post run to prevent
the potential of loss into the open hole.

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: machinery equipment hand tools

A simple bit pressure nozzle spreadsheet for the Bias Units includes bit nozzle
and restrictor pressure calculations. All calculations should be confirmed during
the shallow hole test.
Refer to InTouch ID 3893597
https://intouchsupport.com/intouch/methodinvokerpage.cfm?caseid=3893597
for this spreadsheet.
For example –
With a planned drilling flow rate of 550 gpm and 11 ppg MW -
Flow restrictor fitted with a 32/32in (1in) nozzle 420 psi
Jet bit with 4 x 20/32in 290 psi
Total pressure drop 710 psi

3.4.5 Flex Collars


The system may require use of a flexible collar to increase the system dogleg
capability and isolate it further from the BHA behavior above it.

For well plans requiring consistent doglegs above 3 or 4 º/100 ft, a flex collar
is recommended.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-11 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Job Preparation 3-11

3.4.6 Sensor and Measurement Positions


Consider the directional and formation measurement objectives of the bit run.
In cases where directional information becomes more important than formation
measurements and no real time link is available, the MWD can be run below
the LWD tool.

3.4.7 Drilling Fluid


PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275056768\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: machinery equipment hand tools

Silicate based drilling fluids are not suitable. However, runs have been made
successfully with low silicate content. When in doubt have the fluid tested for
compatibility.

A wide variety of the following drilling fluids have been used successfully:

• oil based
• synthetic oil-based
• water-based.

If using a drilling fluid of unknown performance, a small sample — approximately


2 liters of drilling fluid — should be taken before operation. This should be used
to check the reaction /compatibility of the seal elastomers to the fluid. Refer to
InTouch ID 3819794 for guidelines on testing.

Fluids with a pH value greater than 12 should not be used as this leads to
excessive degradation of the seals.

The life of the tool, as with MWD systems and PDMs, is dependent on the sand
content of the mud. Sand content should be kept as low as possible and should
not exceed 1%. High sand content can lead to premature seal failure. Please
refer to section 2.3.5 Optional Parts (p. 2-42) for a list of available parts to
enhance the reliability of the tool in this environment.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-12 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Job Preparation 3-12

3.4.8 Abrasive Formations


Abrasive formation can cause premature wear of the pads and seals, thus
limiting the DLS capability of the tool and ultimately the life of the tool. Please
refer to section 2.3.5 Optional Parts (p. 2-42) for a list of available parts to
enhance the reliability of the tool in this environment.

3.4.9 Drilling Out of a Casing Shoe


The tool can be used to drill out the float and casing shoe. It should be noted that
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275056768\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

any non-formational drilling does increase the risk of failure in both the Bias Unit
(excess wear / impact damage) and Control Unit (shock / re-circulated debris).

Note
When drilling out of the casing shoe the tool should be in neutral. For PowerDrive
X5, the 0/0% is not neutral, it is an inclination point. Ensure the use of 0/1% for
neutral.

See section 6.4.1.4 Drilling out the Casing Shoe and Drilling Through the Rathole
(p. 6-21) for more operational details.

3.4.10 Kick-off from Vertical


The tool has been used to kick-off a well and bring a well back to vertical. It is
recommended to switch from magnetic to gravitational steering at an inclination
greater than 5 degrees.

A 4-pulse telemetry sequence must be used when switching between


gravitational and magnetic steering. This must be set in the SCB prior to the
system going downhole.

See section 6.4.1.5 Kicking Off from Vertical (p. 6-22) for more operational
details.

3.4.11 Sidetracking a Well


This tool can be used to sidetrack off a cement plug, either in a vertical or
deviated well. It can also be used to perform open hole sidetracks but more
care is needed.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-13 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Job Preparation 3-13

Factors affecting the success of a sidetrack are the strength of the cement plug,
the existing hole profile, formation drillability and ensuring that adequate time
is taken.

Although this tool has been used to sidetrack many wells at all inclinations,
both from cement plugs and open hole, there are some situations where it
will not be possible to sidetrack. If the application calls for a difficult sidetrack
to be attempted, consideration should be given to using PowerDrive Xceed.
PowerDrive Xceed has an enhanced sidetracking capability.

See section 6.4.1.6 Sidetracking (p. 6-22) for more operational details.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275056768\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

3.4.12 Screens and Filters


It is advisable that filter screens are run above this tool. See section 6.1.5
Screens and Filters (p. 6-5) for more operational details.

3.4.13 Magnetic Interference


High levels of magnetic interference affect the ability of the control unit to
maintain the demanded rotation rate during neutral periods of the drill cycle by
swamping the signal provided by the collar magnets mounted externally on the
control unit collar. These magnets typically provide 4x nominal earths field and
are used by the flux gate magnetometers to reference the speed of the control
unit to that of the collar.

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Reputation
Hazard Category: machinery equipment hand tools

Correct operation cannot occur under the following two conditions:

1. Control MTF when the magnetometers are saturated — Excessive Magnetic


Interference, this is not unusual during SHT.
2. Kick off from vertical when there is magnetic interference — Proximity to
casing when vertical however, the Directional Driller can steer sooner than
with a motor and PowerPulse.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-14 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Job Preparation 3-14

3.4.14 Impeller/Nozzle Selection and Bypass Flow


When running a hole opener or reamer above the tool, the opener/reamer may
require that mud flow be diverted through it to energize or clean the tool. This
diverted mud flow must be considered when selecting the impeller configuration
of the tool and the bit/flow restrictor nozzles. The flow rate to be bypassed must
be estimated, and the expected flow rate through the tool calculated. This flow
rate is then calculated as the total flow rate less the bypassed flow rate.

Impeller and nozzle selection for the tool must be made using the calculated flow
rate. For the flow rates of the impeller sets, refer to the specification section.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275056768\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Example
As an example, consider the following scenario. A client wants to drill a well
pumping a 13 ppg mud at 650 gpm with a reamer that has jets set to bypass 230
gpm. If the diverted flow is not taken into account, the flow rate through the
tool would be considered to be 650 gpm, and the bit jetted with 5 x 15/32, for a
planned 680 psi bit pressure drop. Taking the flow diverted through the reamer
into account leaves 420 gpm passing through the tool. The bit pressure drop
would then only be 280 psi, leading to poor dog leg capabilities.

3.4.15 Drilling Blind — no E-Mag Link


When drilling with a hole opener, reamer, or mud motor between the RSS tool
and the MWD tool, real-time communication with the RSS tool is not possible.

Without real-time communication the tool steering response and well trajectory
are monitored using the MWD surveys.

Note
Although downlink commands can be sent to the tool, and the tool would
receive3-2 such commands, there would not be any verification that the tool has
indeed accepted the commands, as there is no real-time communication.

3.4.16 Running Below a Motor


The tool has a maximum rpm depending on the Bias Unit size as specified
in section 2.3 Specifications (p. 2-17). This value represents the maximum
downhole rpm at which the tool can maintain directional3-3 control. If a mud motor

3-2. Not in the case of PowerV.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-15 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Job Preparation 3-15

is being run above the tool the total downhole rpm will be the sum of the surface
string rotation and the rotation created by the mud motor. This value must be
less than the maximum rpm rating of the tool.

Positive Displacement Mud motors also bypass some of the mud flow. This will
affect operations of the tool so must be considered when planning a job.

A straight transmission housing should be used in the motor and not a bent
housing set to zero degrees as this can cause extra vibrations in the BHA.

Stick/slip may also contribute to the downhole rpm experienced by the tool. If
operating near the rpm limit of the tool any acceleration of the string resulting
from stick/slip could lead to a loss of directional control.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275056768\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Excessive stick/slip is also destructive to the BHA components and can lead to
high shock readings of the BHA.

3.4.17 Downhole Shocks


Excessive shocks and vibrations can be highly destructive to all BHA
components. Shocks and vibrations need to be actively managed to avoid costly
tool damage or, in extreme cases, parts left in hole.

High shock and vibration can also create noise for the short-hop transmission.
This has a negative effect on telemetry.

All well planning should include a plan to deal with high shocks and stick slip.

If experience from offset wells indicates that high shocks and vibration are likely
to be a problem the client needs to be consulted at an early stage. A clear action
plan should be formulated before the job commences with agreement on the
actions to be taken in the event that shocks become excessive. There will be
some occasions where excessive shocks can never be completely eliminated
and the best option may be to trip out of hole. This tool is no more susceptible
to excessive shocks than any other system. Extreme shocks can damage all
BHA components including MWD/LWD tools, bits, stabilizers, collars and BHA
rotary shouldered connections.

Shocks off bottom are of equal importance and must be managed in the same
way as drilling shocks. Shock and vibration management should be promoted as
good drilling practice as well as a means to ensure that the tool operates in the
most favorable environment.

3-3. Or vertical in the case of PowerV.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-16 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Job Preparation 3-16

The following InTouch content provides useful information relating to shock and
vibration management.

• InTouch ID 3283248 – Vibrations, Identify and Cure


• InTouch ID 3844976 – PDT-TIR033 PowerDrive Xtra In Extreme Shocks
• InTouch ID 3287483 – Shocks and Drilling Optimization

Active management of shocks and vibration requires first that the problem be
recognized and then the appropriate action taken. As a minimum, all runs should
have PowerPulse Shock_I set for Shock_Peak and Risk (one 8 bit word, six for
shock peak and 2 for risk). Additionally all frames should include PowerPulse
Peak_to_Peak stick/slip variable.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275056768\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

See InTouch ID 3844976 – PDT-TIR033 PowerDrive Xtra In Extreme Shocks


for more information on Shock Risk. In some cases a range of hours is stated
because the risk does not take into account the shock amplitude. Monitor the
amplitude with shock PEAK and when shocks are between 25 and 50G the
upper end of the time range is more appropriate. When the shock PEAK is
between 50 and 100G the lower end is more appropriate. Above 100G or shock
risk 3, immediate action is required.

Use of the MVC cartridge can provide more comprehensive data on the downhole
shock and vibration environment but experience is needed in the accurate
interpretation of the data. Where the tool is run below a motor the PowerPulse
will not see all of the shock being experienced by the PowerDrive tool. The
motor can act as a soft coupling and can mask some of the response. The D&M
crew should also be aware of other indicators of downhole shock and vibration.
Under excessive stick/slip conditions the rigs top drive will sometimes be heard
“straining” as the surface RPM and torque exhibits low frequency oscillations.
ROP can be seen to drop in some severe cases of stick/slip.

When the prescribed shock levels or stick/slip are exceeded the D&M crew need
to inform the client and ensure that action is take as soon as possible.

The first step in management of the downhole shock and vibration environment is
to change the surface drilling parameters. Often a fine balance between surface
RPM and WOB will be required to reduce the shock levels. Ideally changes to
RPM and WOB can be made whilst the bit is still on bottom but often the bit
needs to be picked off bottom and the surface RPM reduced to zero to dissipate
all the energy from the system. The new drilling parameters can then be selected
and drilling resumed.

As a general rule the following holds:

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-17 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Job Preparation 3-17

• Stick/slip — occurs at high WOB and low RPM. To reduce stick/slip lower
the WOB and increase RPM.
• Forward BHA whirl — increasing the WOB can reduce forward whirl.
• Backward BHA whirl — decreasing the WOB and decreasing RPM can
reduce this problem.

Note: Mud motor above the tool


When Drilling with a mud motor above the tool, the shocks seen at the MWD
will often be a small fraction of what is happening at the bit and the tool.
Interpretation is very difficult, if not impossible, in these cases.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275056768\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

3.5 Rig Considerations


To take full advantage of the tool, the drilling rig should be able to deliver enough
hydraulics and mechanical power.

Ideally the rig should have:

• Mud pumps capable of flow rate and pressure expected for the depth, drill
string, and well trajectory proposed.
• Adequate rig instrumentation. This includes accurate make up torque,
standpipe pressure, drill string weight, pump strokes, rotary torque and rotary
rpm. All must be accurate and visible from the driller’s console.
• Triplex pumps with pulsation dampeners.
• Solids control equipment. Minimize mud solids to avoid damaging the
downhole equipment.
• Drillstring handling tools, e.g. lift subs, slips, elevators, etc., available for all
components of the drill string.
• Mast capacity adequate for the current project design plus a minimum
additional overpull of 50,000 lbs.
• Mast height sufficient for conventional oilfield tubulars.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-18 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Job Preparation 3-18

3.6 Equipment Preparation and Checklists

3.6.1 Surface Equipment


Before equipment is sent to the wellsite the following checks must be made:

• The individual components of the system should be tested. Software


versions, upgrade status, should be noted and recorded on the OST sheet as
per the maintenance manual.
• Serial numbers used for tool tracking are recorded in RMS
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275056768\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

• The completeness and condition of all cable sets and interconnects must
be checked.
• The entire system must be assembled and checked as per instructions in
section 4.2 Surface Equipment (p. 4-4).

Table 3-2: Surface Equipment Checklist

Part Number Description1 2 3


Quantity
9454 Float and redress kit 2
N/A Recommended Rigsite Toolkit (see Table 3-5 (p. 3-20)) 1
1
Part numbers are from the current SHPC manufacturing parts list at the time of writing.
2
Non-SHPC part numbers are only used where an SHPC part number is not available.
3
Assumes the use of PowerPulse and IDEAL.

3.6.1.1 Software and Documentation


For the required software versions please see section 2.3.1 Software Versions
(p. 2-17)

Table 3-3: Surface System Documentation

Part Number Manuals InTouchID


P-600022 IDEAL Hardware Field AS
Reference manual
P-600021 IDEAL Software Field AS
Reference manual
PowerPulse UOP 3035887

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-19 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Job Preparation 3-19

3.6.1.2 Surface System


Refer to section 6 Detailed Operating Procedures (p. 6-1) for detailed procedures.

3.6.1.3 Surface Sensors


The minimum surface sensors required to run a job are :

• Depth PDA-AB or (HCA-A Heave Compensation Assembly for floating rigs


only).
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275056768\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

• Hookload (CLT-CA or later if available)


• SPT (PowerPulse SPT ideally 2) (doubles as Stand pipe pressure)
• Pump Strokes Counters (minimum 2).

Additional surface sensors may be required depending on the Service run. If


running Perform and/or NDS, the following sensors would be required:

• Surface torque
• Surface rpm
• Standpipe pressure.

3.6.1.4 Surface Cabling for IDEAL


Connection between the tool and the SPM computer system requires the
following items;

Table 3-4: PowerDive/ToolScope Hardware

Part Number Description Quantity


S-297974 Ideal Workstation 1
S-297952 Viewsonic Monitor 1
S-286407 EIA-232 Cable 1
S-286410 TSIM-AB Assembly 1
S-400152 Read Out Port 1
A4833 PowerDrive Surface Equipment Adapter 1
S-286404 Toolscope Extension Cable (50ft) 1
S-286206 Toolscope Extension Cable (100ft) 1

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-20 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Job Preparation 3-20

HSPM is required software for ToolScope — check InTouchSupport.com for


the latest version.

3.6.1.5 Rigsite Toolkit


Table 3-5: Rig-Site Toolkit Contents

Part Number Description12 Quantity


515-669 Toolbox 1
A5277 ROP removal tool 1
8846 Torque wrench (70-330 Nm) 1
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275056768\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

8943 Ratchet handle wrench (½ in drive) 1


8933 24mm Hexagonal socket 2
9397 20mm Hexagonal socket 2
8177 Circlip pliers 1
8834 12 in Steel rule 1
8835 7.5 m Tape measure 1
8873 ½ lb. Ball-peen hammer 1
8941 Small pin punch set 1
9402 Modified screwdriver (lock-ring removal) 2
D1998 High-side tool (CU Muleshoe angle) 1
9392 Digital stopwatch 2
8021 Silicon grease (tube) 1
8178 Small Circlip Pliers 1
8849 10mm AF Hex Key to ½ in SQ Drive 1
8907 60NM Torque Wrench 1
1
Part numbers are from the current SHPC manufacturing parts list at the time of writing.
2
Non-SHPC part numbers are only used where an SHPC part number is not available.

The following tools are also required but are most probably in the MWD/LWD
tool box:

Table 3-6: Other Tools

Part Number12 Description Quantity


12 in OD Caliper 1
12 in ID Caliper 1
9390 Flashlight 1
9389 Multimeter 1

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-21 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Job Preparation 3-21

Part Number12 Description Quantity


S-274891 Extender Gauges 1
8mm hex drive key for 475 stator 1
Torque Wrench 1
1
Part numbers are from the current SHPC manufacturing parts list at the time of writing.
2
Non-SHPC part numbers are only used where a SHPC part number is not available.

3.6.1.6 Flow Restrictors


The following flow restrictor kits are available through customer services for
the Bias Units:
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275056768\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Table 3-7: Flow Restrictor Kits

Bias Unit Part Number Description


PD475 T1052844 Flow restrictor kit, nozzle selection 8/32 in to 24/32
in.
PD675 A1973 Flow restrictor kit (8 1/2 in – 4 1/2 in API Reg. bit
box) , nozzle selection 16/32 to 32/32 in.
PD675 A4356 Flow restrictor kit (9 1/2 in & 9 7/8 in — 6 5/8 in API
Reg. bit box), nozzle selection 16/32 in to 32/32 in.
PDX5 675 A1973 Flow restrictor kit (8 1/2 in – 4 1/2 in API Reg. bit
box) , nozzle selection 16/32 to 32/32 in.
PD825 Flow restrictor kits as per PD900 below.
PD900 A4538 Flow restrictor kit (low flow), nozzle selection 26/32
in to 38/32 in.
PD900 A4761 Flow restrictor kit (standard), nozzle selection
40/32 in to 50/32 in.
PD1100 A4857 Flow restrictor (low flow), nozzle selection 26/32
in 36/32 in.
PD1100 A4858 Flow restrictor (standard), nozzle selection 40/32
in to 50/32 in.

All kits include the:

• Bias Unit flow restrictor body


• nozzle selection within the range indicated above
• removal tool
• slide hammer
• associated o-rings

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-22 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Job Preparation 3-22

• lock mechanism (as appropriate).

Please note:

1. All nozzles should be fitted to the orientation as per the schematics in the
maintenance manual.
2. Ensure that the nozzle holder has been tightened to the correct value — the
nozzle holders on both the PD475 and PD675 restrictors are hand tight. The
larger units have a specific torque requirement as detailed on the schematic.
3. A flow restrictor cannot be used to reduce the total pressure drop in the string!
4. The additional pressure provided for the pads MUST be included when
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275056768\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

calculating the total string hydraulics.

Note
There is no input, within Drilling Office, to automatically include the restrictor in
the calculations, the hydraulics would need to be run twice, once without the
restictor TFA (for the bit hydraulics) and then again with a total equivalent TFA
(bit and restrictor) for the string hydraulics.

3.6.1.7 Float Valves

Note
“Standard” assemblies are those with no E-Mag real time link fitted.

Table 3-8: PD475 Float Valve. All systems use a standard Baker Oil Tools 4F short GS model
float valve, located in the top of the control collar assembly.

Part Number Description


B045807 4F float valve
B045823 4F repair kit (Seals)
B045824 4F repair kit (Pin / spring / flapper)

Table 3-9: PD675 Float Valves — with RT link. Assemblies allowing RT link to the MWD using
the SRX require a specific SHPC float body, which mounts into the pin of the stabilizer and locates
within the top of the control collar.

Part Number Description


A4229 PD675 SRX float valve
K4229 Repair kit. This contains 9454, as well as a specific pin (D5140),sleeve
(D5142) and o-rings (B043999)

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-23 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Job Preparation 3-23

Table 3-10: PD675 Float Valves. Standard assemblies, use a Baker Oiltools 5R float valve
located either within the string stabilizer or a suitable float sub above.

Part Number Description


9052 5R float valve
9454 5R repair kit (Seals, spring, pin, flapper)

Table 3-11: PD825 Float Valves. Standard assemblies require a 5F-6R float valve.

Part Number Description


N/A See PD900 below.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275056768\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

PD825 assemblies allowing RT link to the MWD using the SRX require a specific
SHPC float body, as per the PD900 below.

Table 3-12: PD900 and PD1100 Float Valves — with RT link. Assemblies allowing RT link to the
MWD using the SRX require a specific SHPC float body, which mounts into the pin of the stabilizer
and locates within the top of the control collar.

Part Number Description


A4578 PD900 SRX float valve
K4578 Repair kit, this contains 9350 as well as specific pins (D5141),sleeve
(D5143) and o-rings (B044703)

Table 3-13: PD900 and PD1100 Float Valves. Standard assemblies, use a Baker Oiltools 5F-6R
float valve located either within the string stabilizer or a suitable float sub above.

Part Number Description


9350 5F-6R repair kit (seals, spring, pin, flapper)

3.6.1.8 Outgoing System Test (OST) Procedure


This will be done in the maintenance base prior to the tool being sent to the
wellsite. Ensure that the OST test report sheet has been sent to the rig.

After the OST, ensure that the correct muleshoe is fitted to the Control Unit prior
to its loading in the collar. The recut rings on the collar should match the rings on
the muleshoe. Once loaded, a drop dimension can be taken from the make-up
face of the collar to the flat face of the mule shoe for confirmation. This drop
dimension should be:

• 59.5 mm +/- 2 mm for PD675 and PD900


• 9 mm +/- 2 mm below the make-up face for PD475

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-24 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Job Preparation 3-24

If these drop dimensions are taken from the tip of the muleshoe, subtract 24 mm.

3.6.1.9 Programming the PowerPulse


Program the PowerPulse tool with real-time dpoints required by all the tools
within the string to be run. Real-time dpoints required by the rotary steerable tool
are detailed in section 2.3.6.4 Data Formats (D-points) (p. 2-46). These should
be added if the E-Mag Link is being used.

Follow the instructions for programming the PowerPulse in the HSPM Frame
builder available in InTouchSupport.com at InTouch ID 3042060.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275056768\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

3.6.2 Downhole Equipment


Table 3-14: Downhole Equipment Checklist (minimum)

Description Quantity
Bias unit + Extension sub 2
Control unit – with mule-shoes and anchor bolts 2
Control collar 2
Stabilizer – bored for float when available or IBS/Sleeve. 2
Flex joint (in line flex extender as applicable) 1
Cross-over (pin/box) 1
1
Cross-over (pin/pin) 1
1
When using mud motor with pin down drive shaft and filter sub

3.7 Mobilization and Transportation

3.7.1 Collars
Collars must be protected from damage during transportation and shipped as
follows:

• Thread protectors must be installed on all exposed ends.


• PowerDrive tools should be shipped in a basket when shipped offshore.
• Ensure that the extender plug has been installed.
• Torqued/Untorqued connections must be clearly identified as such.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-25 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Job Preparation 3-25

3.7.2 Documentation
All equipment shipped from the shop to the well site must be accompanied by a
shipping report with a list of the following (for asset tracking):

• File code for each component.


• Serial number for each component.
• District location number.
• Job number and location.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275056768\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

• Ensure that the completed Outgoing System Test sheet (with a copy of the
latest tool calibrations) is shipped with each tool.
• Complete all Hazardous Material Shipping Papers, and include a copy with
the shipment.
• Thread inspection certificates.

All paperwork, including the MSDS, Hazmat, trucker bill of lading, inspection
certificates etc., should be put on the job load out board for easy accessibility. A
duplicate of the paperwork should be sent to the wellsite by another secure route.

3.7.3 Lithium Batteries


Lithium batteries, as hazardous materials, are subjected to special shipping
requirements both in the USA and internationally. The USA conforms to
international regulations.

For more details, refer to section 1.1.5 Lithium Batteries (p. 1-4).

Note
Regulations vary and must be followed. Appropriate information should be
obtained from local regulatory agencies or the local Schlumberger Drilling and
Measurement office.

In the USA refer to US Department of Transportation (DOT) regulations (49


CFR § 173.185) and IATA rules. Both may apply, depending on the carrier and
mode of transport.

The specifications for the Lithium Batteries in the RTC are available in section
2.3.6.1 Battery, Sensor and Memory Specifications (p. 2-43).

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-26 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Job Preparation 3-26
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275056768\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Intentionally Blank

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-i PowerDrive X5 UOP / Equipment Setup 4-i

Equipment Setup
4.1 Planning _______________________________________________________ 4-1
4.1.1 Wellsite Inspection ___________________________________________ 4-1
4.1.1.1 Rig Power _______________________________________________ 4-1
4.1.1.2 Cable and Sensor Installation _____________________________ 4-1
4.1.1.3 Signal Pressure Transducers ______________________________ 4-2
4.1.1.4 Drill String _______________________________________________ 4-2
4.1.1.5 Mud Types _______________________________________________ 4-2
4.1.1.6 Well Data ________________________________________________ 4-3
4.1.2 Client Meeting _______________________________________________ 4-3
4.1.3 Cell Meeting _________________________________________________ 4-4
4.2 Surface Equipment _____________________________________________ 4-4
4.2.1 Surface System ______________________________________________ 4-5
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275082760\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

4.2.1.1 Unit _____________________________________________________ 4-5


4.2.1.2 TWIS Setup ______________________________________________ 4-5
4.2.1.3 IWIS Setup ______________________________________________ 4-5
4.2.2 HSPM Setup ________________________________________________ 4-5
4.2.3 Cables ______________________________________________________ 4-6
4.2.4 Software Initializations _______________________________________ 4-6
4.2.4.1 HSPM Initialization _______________________________________ 4-6
4.2.4.2 IDEAL Initialization _______________________________________ 4-6
4.3 Preparing Downhole Equipment ________________________________ 4-7
4.3.1 Physical Checks _____________________________________________ 4-7
4.3.1.1 Software Compatibility ____________________________________ 4-7
4.3.1.2 Collar Checks ____________________________________________ 4-7
4.3.1.3 Connection Checks _______________________________________ 4-8
4.3.1.4 Extenders ________________________________________________ 4-8
4.3.1.5 Bias Unit Checks _________________________________________ 4-9
4.3.1.6 Strapping the Tool ________________________________________ 4-9
4.3.2 Programming the Control Unit _______________________________ 4-10
4.3.2.1 Interconnections _________________________________________ 4-10
4.3.2.2 Starting ToolScope ______________________________________ 4-11
4.3.2.3 Initial Communication ____________________________________ 4-14
4.3.2.4 Using the SCB Editor ____________________________________ 4-16
4.3.2.5 Selecting and Fitting the Control Unit Connector (Muleshoe) 4-30
4.3.2.6 Gamma Sensor Orientation Procedure (100087688) _______ 4-30
4.3.2.7 Checking Logging Operations ____________________________ 4-34
4.3.3 PowerPulse Frame __________________________________________ 4-36
4.4 Rigsite Toolkit _________________________________________________ 4-37

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-ii PowerDrive X5 UOP / Equipment Setup 4-ii
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275082760\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Intentionally Blank

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-1 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Equipment Setup 4-1

4 EQUIPMENT SETUP
The objectives of this section are to ensure that the field engineer properly
sets up and tests all equipment mobilized for a job. Equipment checked at the
base has been subjected to the stress of transportation and needs thorough
operational checks to ensure service quality objectives are met. This section
should be used with the PowerPulse UOP and IDEAL FRM.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275082760\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

4.1 Planning
Proper planning prevents poor performance and enhances service quality.
Following the initial wellsite visit you should have an understanding of the job
and the location. Consult the client’s representative and toolpusher to see if
there have been any changes and prepare for the equipment setup. Report any
changes to the FSM and copy the company man.

4.1.1 Wellsite Inspection


Inspect the work area assigned to you. Check that the unit location is suitable
before everything is in place. Check the rig facilities before meeting the client so
any problems or requirements that might arise can be discussed.

4.1.1.1 Rig Power


The Schlumberger unit needs filtered rig power for the surface system, lights,
and A/C or heaters. 220VAC or 440VAC are the most common rig supplies.

Potential Severity: Major


Potential Loss: Personnel
Hazard Category: electrical

Only a qualified rig electrician should connect rig power to the unit.

4.1.1.2 Cable and Sensor Installation


Before starting sensor and cable installation:

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-2 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Equipment Setup 4-2

• decide where the sensor will be located


• decide how the sensor will be mounted
• discuss special rig requirements (heave compensation etc.) with the tool
pusher
• plan and evaluate cable runs for safety and accessibility.

Note
Many countries have safety regulations concerning the location and procedures
used to lay cables on a rig. Be sure you are familiar with these regulations
before you begin!
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275082760\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

4.1.1.3 Signal Pressure Transducers


Consult the PowerPulse UOP for SPT placement, installation and setup.

4.1.1.4 Drill String


Ensure that all connections are compatible and that suitable lift subs are
available. Refer to the Specifications section for details of connections.

4.1.1.5 Mud Types


Verify important information concerning the mud being used including:

• Solids and sand content (erosion)


• Gas and H2S contamination (corrosion)
• LCM type in use (tool jamming).

Refer to the Specification section for the tool size being used for limits on the
above. If any characteristics of the mud system are likely to cause problems,
discuss them with the mud engineer and the company representative.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-3 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Equipment Setup 4-3

Note
The tool is not designed to operate with silicate mud.

4.1.1.6 Well Data


Ensure all the information required to complete the Pre-Job Well Data information
sheet is available. See Figure 3-1 Pre-Job Well Data Sheet (p. 3-4)

4.1.2 Client Meeting


PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275082760\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

When you have inspected the wellsite and are ready to rig up, hold a meeting
with the client and the contractor’s representatives. Let the client know what you
will be doing, how long it will take, and what you need, if anything.

People who should attend the meeting:

• Schlumberger representative from DD, MWD and LWD (if LWD services
are being run)
• Company Man
• Tool/Tour pusher
• Geologist
• Other personnel who might be involved with our operation.

Information to be confirmed includes:

• safety rules and emergency procedures


• documentation, permit requirement and procedures
• unit and equipment placement and installation
• utility (power/water/air/drainage) availability and requirements
• cable and sensor installation plan

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-4 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Equipment Setup 4-4

• well data (e.g. location, objectives, geometry and geology)

Note
Verify the wellhead coordinates, magnetic declination, magnetic field
parameters from Geomag, grid and total correction with the client during
this meeting.

• rig data (e.g. pumps, dampeners, rotary drive, hoisting system, drillstring
and cranes)
• flow rate, BU and bit pressure drop
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275082760\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

• downlinking operation / establishing RTC/FTC (avoid under and over gauge


tools)
• establish input data for SCB.

4.1.3 Cell Meeting


Following the client meeting and wellsite inspection, the entire Schlumberger
crew should attend a cell meeting to plan the wellsite equipment setup. The
objectives of this cell meeting are:

• Address any safety issues concerned with the rig up.


• Establish equipment setup objectives and timetable.
• Establish lines of communication and reporting procedures.
• Assign individual and collective areas of responsibility.

4.2 Surface Equipment


Refer to the relevant surface system manuals listed in Table 3-3 Surface System
Documentation (p. 3-18) for surface equipment setup information and guidelines:

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-5 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Equipment Setup 4-5

Note
Equipment checks described below are mainly operational or functional checks.
In the event of equipment problems, refer to the relevant manual in Table 3-3
Surface System Documentation (p. 3-18) or section 9 Troubleshooting (p. 9-1).

4.2.1 Surface System


Setup of the surface system includes rigging up the unit and the surface
acquisition system. When everything is in place and has been tested, the
acquisition system can be initialized for real-time data acquisition.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275082760\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

4.2.1.1 Unit
If the job is to be run with a portable system, there is no specific surface unit
associated with these jobs. Refer to the documentation available for the specific
requirements of the unit being used. Some of the factors to consider include:

• safety (hazardous zones)


• power supply
• water supply (if needed)
• location
• ventilation.

4.2.1.2 TWIS Setup


Refer to the IDEAL hardware manual (P-600022) for TWIS setup details.

4.2.1.3 IWIS Setup


Refer to the IDEAL hardware manual (P-600022) for IWIS setup details.

4.2.2 HSPM Setup


Refer to the IDEAL hardware manual (P-600022) for HSPM setup details.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-6 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Equipment Setup 4-6

4.2.3 Cables
The Universal Cabling System (UCS) is required to support the surface sensors
for the IDEAL system.

If time allows repeat continuity and insulation checks on the UCS.

Connection between the tool and the SPM computer system is as follows,

Table 4-1: Surface Cabling

Part No. Description From To


PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275082760\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

S-286407 RS232 cable SPM TSIM


S-286404 — 50 ft Readout Port
Toolscope extension cable TSIM
S-286216 — 300 ft Adaptor (S-400152)
Tool Surface Equipment Readout Port
A4833 Tool
Adaptor Adaptor (S-400152)

For correct operation, the hardware should be set up as shown in Figure 4-1
PowerDrive / ToolScope Configuration (p. 4-10)

4.2.4 Software Initializations


This section covers initializations within the surface system. Tool initialization is
covered in section 6.2 Surface System Initializations (p. 6-8).

4.2.4.1 HSPM Initialization


The tool must be added to the bit run within HSPM. Refer to the IDEAL software
manual (P-600021) for details.

4.2.4.2 IDEAL Initialization


The tool must be added to the BHA within IDEAL. Refer to the IDEAL software
manual (P-600021) for details.

The tool interacts with IDEAL through an offline application called Rotary
Steerable Systems Display (RSSDisplay). With RSSDisplay, the user can
monitor channel values, accepted surveys, and toolface angle from any RSS tool.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-7 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Equipment Setup 4-7

Note
A training module on the use of RSS Display exists in InTouchSupport.com at
InTouch ID 3489155.

4.3 Preparing Downhole Equipment


Preparing the downhole equipment before a job involves the following four steps:

1. Physical Checks.
2. Programming the Control Unit, including Gamma Sensor Orientation —
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275082760\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

if required.
3. PowerPulse Frame — configuring the Dpoints.

4.3.1 Physical Checks

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: machinery equipment hand tools

Never run a tool in the hole if any mechanical problems are found. Rough drilling
conditions can stress even the smallest flaw to the point of failure, resulting in a
twist-off, mud-invaded tools, washouts, and junk in the hole.
If a problem is found, use another tool!

Before the tool is run in the hole, perform a thorough inspection of the mechanical
parts. Visual inspection of all mechanical parts. Make up lift subs as required.
Any defect or flaw that is found must be corrected or another tool must be used.

4.3.1.1 Software Compatibility


Before any connection is made to the tool, ensure that all the software used
is compatible and is of the appropriate revision. See 2.3.1 Software Versions
(p. 2-17) for software requirements.

4.3.1.2 Collar Checks


The following checks should be made on the collar:

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-8 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Equipment Setup 4-8

• Review inspection certificates for all tools.


• Check the upper stabilizer for type and gauge, and confirm it is torqued up.

4.3.1.3 Connection Checks


The following checks should be made on the connections:

• Clean and inspect all collar connections on the tool.


• Check the face of the bit box connection and the top box connection for
galling, scratching, and cracking.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275082760\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

• If a crack is suspected, do not run the tool in the hole, pick up a spare.

4.3.1.4 Extenders
Extenders are required when a Real-Time Link is used. See the Specification
section for the tool size being used for further details. Refer to the Maintenance
Manual for details on LTB extender maintenance. To ensure the extender is
prepared for operations do/confirm the following:

• The spring inside the extender is not compressed.


• The LTB connector inside the extender is clean and the connection is free of
any debris.
• Check extender length with Go / No-go gauge.
• Check continuity of the ILF, ie LTB connections from end to end. Check for
isolation (no short) between each LTB line and Collar.
• Apply a small dab of DC-111 silicon grease to the tip of the LTB wet stab
connector for lubrication.
• Replace the protective cap on the end of the extender. If a protective cap
is not available, cover the end of the extender with something that will keep
debris and moisture out while the collar is not being used.

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: machinery equipment hand tools

Do NOT use any petroleum-based lubricants (such as Lubriplate or WD-40),


which will cause swelling of rubber around the LTB connector.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-9 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Equipment Setup 4-9

Check the female LTB extender in the tool that the RSS tool is being connected
to. Follow the instruction in the UOP or Maintenance Manual for that tool.

4.3.1.5 Bias Unit Checks


The Bias Unit can be visually checked only. Check that all hardware is secure
and that no fasteners (bolts) are missing.

Tip
In some assemblies, there is now a protective gaiter over the piston/seal bore.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275082760\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

This gaiter is a secondary device to provide the seal with a clean, oil-filled
operating environment for the lifetime of the gaiter. The gaiter may thus extend
the overall life of the piston seal and/or toroidal bore by the lifetime of the
gaiter. It is expected that for a majority of drilling runs and conditions, the gaiter
will fail downhole after some amount of drilling time. Tearing or removing the
gaiter should not affect the tool’s downhole performance in any way. Once the
protection of the gaiter is gone, the seal and bore will perform as an original
assembly without a gaiter.

4.3.1.6 Strapping the Tool


When the tool has been inspected, every component that will be used in the
BHA must be strapped and a fishing diagram made for the driller. Important
measurements to include in this diagram are:

• Length of each sub.


• ID and OD of all subs.
• ID and OD of the tool at the connections.
• Minimum ID of the tool bore.
• OD and location of upsets (flex, sleeve, and stabilizers) on the tool.
• Fishing neck of the tool (if applicable).
• Distance from top connection to first obstruction inside the tool.
• Size and type of every connection.
• Torque specification and tolerance for each component.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-10 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Equipment Setup 4-10

Tip
The fishing diagram supplied to the client must be actual measured dimensions.
For nominal dimensions see the fishing diagrams in the Specifications section
for the tools size being used.

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: machinery equipment hand tools

It is not possible to pass solid objects through the tool. The ID is blocked by the
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275082760\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

impeller blades of the turbine alternator.

4.3.2 Programming the Control Unit


Software to programme the control unit is integrated into the IDEAL SPM
software.

4.3.2.1 Interconnections
The system connections and cables are shown in Figure 4-1.

Toolscope extension cable


50ft = S-286404
100ft = S286216

RS232
LINK TSIM – AB Assembly Read Out Port
S- 286410 S-400152

EIA-232 cable Powerdrive Surface


S-286407 Cable Adapter
Ideal Workstation
A4833
S-297974
+
Viewsonic Monitor SET TSIM FRONT PANEL SWITCHES TO RS232 &
S-297952 LOOPBACK MODES

Figure 4-1: PowerDrive / ToolScope Configuration

The TSIM unit provides power and communication lines to the tool (as before,
on different cores of the same cable) and sends and receives data to/from the
SPM via an RS232 interface.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-11 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Equipment Setup 4-11

Using the TSIM system, a communication cable is connected from the back of
the TSIM unit and run towards the tool. At the tool end of the cable there are two
adapter cables needed for the PowerDrive tool. The first is a ‘personality adapter’
identical to the one used in LWD for the CDR tool. The second is used to connect
directly to the tool and is called the ‘pipe bomb’ (Surface Cable Adapter, A4833).

The TSIM must be switched (via a switch on the front panel) for loop back and
RS232 otherwise communications will not be achieved.

Once the cable has been correctly inserted, enable the TSIM power and
communication lines by toggling the two rocker switches to the ON position. Both
switches have a green LED that turns on when the switch is activated.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275082760\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

An analogue ammeter located on the left-hand side of the TSIM can be used as
a guide to check if the TSIM is physically connected to the tool correctly. When
the two rocker switches are turned ON, the ammeter needle should briefly spike,
then settle to a tool current draw of approximately 0.15A (150mA).

Prior to programming, high side the tool as per normal procedure.

4.3.2.2 Starting ToolScope


With HSPM version 9.2_08 and above running, locate the configuration manager
and select ToolScope. This opens the main ToolScope window, see Figure 4-2.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-12 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Equipment Setup 4-12
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275082760\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Figure 4-2: Main ToolScope Window

1. Ensure Select Tool Bus is toggled to SSB (Read Out Port)’ and that the
correct Com port is selected. Physically check where the small ‘D’- type RS
232 cable coming out of the TSIM unit is connected into the back of the SPM
as there are two possible COM ports, side by side. COM1 is on the left.
2. Click on Add Run and a dialogue box will open up. Type in the run name and
description then select ‘OK’.
3. Click on Add Tool, scroll down and select PowerDrive and select the
appropriate tool size from the Mfg Code window.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-13 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Equipment Setup 4-13
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275082760\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Figure 4-3: Tool Selection

Note: Tool Selection — Mfg Codes and Names


For a PDX5 Control Unit, ’PDX5-475’, ’PDX5-675’, or ’PDX5-900’ must be
selected as the Mfg Code in Toolscope for proper tool programming and
operation.

For a PDXtra Control Unit, ’PD475’, ’PD675’, and ’PD900’ must be selected
as the Mfg Code in Toolscope for proper tool programming and operation.

PowerDrive Xtra, PowerV and PowerDrive X5 are listed as PowerDrive in


the Tool list while PowerDrive Xceed is listed as CRS.

Note: PD825 and PD1100


Currently, neither PD1100 or PD825 sizes are listed by manufacturing code.
Select PD900 as a default. This will have no effect on the tool setup.

Due to corrections necessary when using the Gamma Ray cartridges, contact
Stonehouse Product Center (SHPC) if you intend to use these collar sizes in
conjuction with an X5 Control Unit.

4. Click Start Toolscope. The PowerDrive window will appear.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-14 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Equipment Setup 4-14

4.3.2.3 Initial Communication


1. From the main Toolscope screen select Communications and Terminal
Mode.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275082760\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Figure 4-4: Terminal Mode Selection

This will bring up the Terminal Mode screen.

Figure 4-5: Terminal Mode Screen

2. Ensure TSIM is connected to the tool using the low speed Com Port (9–pin
connector).

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-15 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Equipment Setup 4-15

3. Set the TSIM to Loop Back and Comm Port.


4. Switch on the TSIM power, then switch on the tool power. The meter on the
TSIM should show a current drain of approx. 0.15 A.

Tip: Incorrect Current


If no current drain is shown on the TSIM meter check the fuse.

If a high current is shown this may indicate an electrical short. In the first
instance check for moisture in the Read-out Port.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275082760\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: machinery equipment hand tools

If you are unable to communicate with a CU then try to determine whether


the fault is with the SU or TSIM, cables, or physical damage to the
Communication Data Port. If it is none of these Internal damage to the CU
must be suspected. In this case, Do not open the CU and do not ship by
air. It must be treated as if the lithium battery has failed..

5. Select Comms from the terminal mode screen. The software issue will be
reported on the screen. Check this against the loadout paperwork.
6. Select Sensor on the terminal screen. Check the displayed software issue
against that of the loadout paperwork.
7. Select Data Sizes and check if there is any data in the Comms Module.
This may be test data from the Outgoing System Test (OST) or field data if
running or re-running a Control Unit.
8. If there is data within the CU either download it or delete it depending upon
its origin. Select Initialise Log Memory from the terminal Mode screen.
Allow at least one minute for the memory to be initialised. The data sizes can
be re-checked as required.
9. Select Test Battery. The battery voltage should be 3.6V ± 0.1V
10. Select Read RTC Begin. Check the time and date displayed on the screen.
If the reading does not match that of the SPM time, press Set RTC to new.
This will synchronise the time clocks of the CU and SPM. This is important
as the recorded logs are time-stamped and for troubleshooting the CU logs
need to be synchronised to the SPM.
11. Select Exit from the Terminal Mode screen to exit and return to the
Toolscope main window.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-16 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Equipment Setup 4-16

4.3.2.4 Using the SCB Editor


Most tools will be programmed and made up in a base workshop.

The following instructions detail how to use the SCB Editor in the field, if required.

Loading/Creating the SCB for Editing


1 From the main ToolScope window, select Setup> SCB Editor.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275082760\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Figure 4-6: Selecting SCB Editor

2 Within the SCB Editor window select File. There will be a option to create a
new SCB or open and edit an existing SCB.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-17 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Equipment Setup 4-17
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275082760\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Figure 4-7: SCB Editor’s File Menu

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-18 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Equipment Setup 4-18

Note
For the purposes of this manual the programming sequence detailed
describes the creation of a new SCB. Editing of an existing SCB will be a
similar process. Information on PowerDrive X5 Default SCBs is available
from InTouch ID 3978488.

System Control Block - Version number: hspm10_0a_24 Job , Run


Printed 12:14:42 Mon 13 Sep 2004
File D:\TOOLDATA\PDX5\PDV\Default-X5-A.scb ( 08:04:21 09/09/2004 )

The Current Status is IH Mode


PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275082760\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

NAVIGATION
Gravity Steering is alterable (4 pulse telemetry)
16 RPM Anti-clockwise Collar Servo in Neutral period

Navigation table [ 9 * 9 ]
( Toolface degrees / proportion pairs )
Initial setting shown in bold

0/ 0 0/100 90/ 15 90/ 30 18/100 108/100 233/100 0/ 80 160/ 70


180/100 0/ 1 90/ 50 37/100 127/100 252/100 20/ 80 180/ 80 340/ 80
270/ 15 270/ 50 53/100 143/100 270/100 39/ 80 200/ 70 0/ 60 225/ 60
270/ 30 72/100 162/100 288/100 60/ 80 219/ 80 23/ 60 248/ 60 45/ 40
90/100 198/100 307/100 80/ 80 240/ 80 45/ 60 293/ 60 68/ 40 203/ 40
217/100 323/100 100/ 80 260/ 80 68/ 60 315/ 60 108/ 40 225/ 40 338/ 40
342/100 120/ 80 280/ 80 113/ 60 338/ 60 135/ 40 248/ 40 0/ 25 135/ 20
141/ 80 300/ 80 135/ 60 0/ 40 158/ 40 293/ 40 37/ 20 180/ 20 297/ 25
321/ 80 180/ 60 23/ 40 180/ 40 315/ 40 68/ 25 226/ 20 326/ 20 0/ 10

DOWNLINK
60 secs Pulse Width at Surface (CU acceptance limits 48 to 90 secs)
85 % Pulse height threshold

MECHANICAL
0 degrees Mule shoe phase angle
139 degrees Toolface phase shift

Start up time summary (No Telemetry)

RPM Time (secs) Total (m:ss)

Start Mud pumps 0:00


Idle 0 10
0:10
Survey 0 90
1:40
Telemetry window 4.0 240
Telemetry filter delay 4.0 54
6:34
Drilling Cycle 16 ( Slew C-CW Collar ) 180 (repeating)

Figure 4-8: PowerDrive X5 Default SCB (page 1)

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-19 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Equipment Setup 4-19

LOGGING
200 ms Fast data sample rate
30 % Slow data partition
60 % Fast data partition
5 % Diagnostic data partition
5 % Telemetry data partition

10 secs between start and first survey


3 mins between all subsequent surveys

0 secs Survey synchronisation period


30 secs Slow log period
15 secs Fast log delay
3 secs Fast log period

CONTROL
0 RPM Threshold high level
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275082760\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

0 RPM Threshold low level

SERVO
0 Control for Main/Auxilary Pwm enable
( Both Normal )
0 % Main PWM
0 % Auxillary PWM

FLOW (Not part of SCB)


These values are held in the Windows Registry
600 LPM Normal flow rate
450 LPM Low flow rate ( in Telemetry pulses )
15 secs Falling Time Constant
15 secs Rising Time Constant

SCB ID 02

SCB Editor

Figure 4-9: PowerDrive X5 Default SCB (page 2)

3 Select New — this opens a default SCB format for editing to a specific job
requirement.

4 The editing should encompass:

• The memory partitions.


• The survey periods.
• Navigation parameters.
• Downlink setup.
• Highsiding of the sensor package to the driveface of the muleshoe.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-20 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Equipment Setup 4-20

Memory Partitions and Survey Periods


1 Select Edit> Logging to open the logging parameter update screen.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275082760\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Figure 4-10: Logging Parameter Update Screen

2 Under normal conditions — or unless otherwise instructed — the fast data


sample rate should be set to 200mS. The default value is 100mS.

3 The memory partition percentages may be left at the default settings or


optimized, depending upon the tool survey update rate Due to the limited
memory space, data logging is a compromise between the amount of data
and the run time.

In the case of RT Link, slow partition allocation allows sufficient memory for
recording a potential on-bottom or start of run failure, whilst allowing maximum
allocation to the fast dynamic data for analyzing end of run failures.

4 The start to first survey time is a delay factor used on start up of the tool.
This is typically set to 10 seconds.

5 Set all subsequent surveys depending upon whether the Realtime Link is
being used. It is recommended to set the survey time interval to the same
time setting as the drill cycle — or as multiples of the drill cycle.

When using X5 with GR measurements, the minimum interval between


surveys should be set to 3 minutes. If this is not done, the tool will not transmit
GR data.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-21 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Equipment Setup 4-21

6 The Survey Synchronization Period is a survey quality factor — allowing the


tool to settle prior to recording the survey. Since Inclination Hold mode is
default in X5, the survey synchronization period should be set to 0 seconds.

7 The slow log period, fast log delay and fast log period should be set as per the
memory partition optimization note, see step 3 (p. 4-20)

Navigation Parameters
1 From the main SCB editor window, select Edit> Navigation. The Navigation
parameter update screen will appear.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275082760\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Figure 4-11: Navigation Parameter Update Screen

Note
Please note the following:

1. The Change Map buttons within the Navigation window of the SCB
editor should not be used for PDX5. These map formats do not contain
optimized Inclination Hold settings or a 0/1% neutral point.
2. The cycle time should be set to 180 seconds if you intend to run the tool
in Inclination Hold mode.

2 Select the map most appropriate to the application.

3 The Proportional Control Cycle Time should be set to 180 seconds when
running the PDX5 with IH.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-22 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Equipment Setup 4-22

4 Within the active phase — select the toolface and proportion for the initial
steering setting. Once set, select validate. If no exact point exists for the
selected values, the closest point will be automatically entered. This value
will be the default startup steering setting for the Control Unit until a new
setting is downlinked.

Select Validate to update the setting.

Tip: Difference between X5 and Xtra


It is recommended that the initial setting for the tool should not be within
the x-axis between 270º/50% and 90º/50%. The points within this interval
are used to activate Inclination Hold mode for X5. A neutral point just off the
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275082760\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

270-90 axis should be chosen instead. 0/1% is recommended for the tool’s
initial setting.

5 Within the Biasing Mode section, select whether the tool should be set to
Telemetry mode (4–pulse) or Fixed mode (3–pulse). Telemetry mode allows
the tool to be downlinked to change between Magnetic or Gravity toolfaces.

6 Select a setting for the initial toolface sensor — Magnetic or Gravitational.

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Information
Hazard Category: machinery equipment hand tools

When selecting Fixed mode (3–Pulse) the Gravitational setting should always
be selected.

7
The default toolface shift is:

Table 4-2: Default Toolface Shift

Tool / Size Serial number Toolface shift


PDX5 8.5 in Bias Unit 001 to 007 (ENP) 188 degrees
PDX5 8.5 in Bias Unit 008 or higher 139 degrees
PDX5 7 7/8 in tools all 139 degrees
PDX5 9 7/8 in tools all 139 degrees

8 Neutral Phase – It is recommended to leave the neutral phase default


setup, with the control unit rotating at 16 rpm less than the collar rpm, in a
counter-clockwise direction.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-23 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Equipment Setup 4-23

Downlink Setup
1 From the main SCB editor window, select Edit> Downlink.

2 The Downlink parameter update screen will appear. See Figure 4-12 Downlink
Parameter Update Screen (p. 4-23). Enter the Mud Flow parameters. The
‘Mud Flow’ value is the normal drilling mud flow rate. The ‘Low Flow’ values
should be at least 20% lower than the normal mud flow rate (i.e. normal flow
rate x 0.8). Differentials of 20 to 25% are typical. It is not recommended to
use differentials greater than 30%.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275082760\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Figure 4-12: Downlink Parameter Update Screen

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-24 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Equipment Setup 4-24

3 For normal operations both the normal mud flow and low mud flow should
be within the specified drilling flow rates. Only with operations having flows
towards the bottom of the range should the lower flow rate be near the
minimum telemetry flow rate.

Note
The telemetry low flow rate should be at least 20% less than the normal flow
rate. However, the lowest flow rate used should be at least 10 gpm higher than
the minimum value on the CU sticker to ensure that the CU does not reset.

RTC and FTC may be calculated as follows:


PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275082760\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

1. If Normal Mud Flow rate = 500 gpm, Low Flow = 340 gpm
2. (min on sticker is 330 gpm)
3. Calculate: 60% of difference, (500-340) x 0.6 = 96
4. Fall time flow = > 500 - 96 = 404
5. Rise Time flow = > 340 + 96 = 436
6. Set the pumps to 500 gpm (Drill Flow)– Record SPP and mark pump
control.
7. Set pump to 436 gpm (Rising Time Flow) – Record SPP
8. Set Pump to 404 gpm (Falling Time Flow) – Record SPP
9. Set pump to 340 gpm (Minimum Telemetry Flow) – Record SPP and
mark pump control.
10. With the pump at 340 gpm, start the stopwatch as the pumps are turned
up to the drill flow (500 gpm) Record the time it takes for the pressure to
increase to the pressure recorded at the Rising Time Flow (436 gpm). This
time is the Rising Time Constant.
11. With the pump at 500 gpm, start the stopwatch as the pumps are turned
down to the minimum telemetry flow (340 gpm). Record the time it takes
for the SPP to fall to the pressure recorded at the Falling Time Flow (404
gpm). This is the Falling Time Constant.
12. These values are used to calculate the digit time in the Pump & Flow
worksheet. Use the Pump & Flow worksheet to calculate them and check
the values against the values in Toolscope.
13. Ensure that the ‘Pulse Height Threshold’ is set to 85%.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-25 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Equipment Setup 4-25

4 Using the flow rates and RTC / FTC values calculated, a suitable ’ Digit Time’
should be selected to provide a minimum threshold equal to or below the
entered pulse height threshold. A ’Best Threshold’ should be aimed for. Note
and act as appropriate to the ’learning message’ shown.

Tip
If in doubt about the times to program, default values of 30 secs for both
falling and rising time constants and 60 secs for the digit time as a good start.
If in doubt, increase rather than reduce the rising and falling time constants.

5 PowerDrive X5 Downlink at Start Settings


PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275082760\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Mandatory for PD475 systems

PowerDrive X5 can be programmed in one of two different Downlinking


modes. This is set in the SCB and will either cause the tool to rotate at a fixed
RPM (independent of the collar RPM) or force it immediately into its drilling
cycle to reduce the overall start up time. In both cases, the tool will only look
for the first downlink pulse for a period equivalent to 3 digit times. The downlink
window will be extended only if the initial pulse is recognized by the tool. Each
downlinking mode changes the behavior of the tools during the period where
the telemetry time window is active. Each mode causes the PDSteer dpoint to
behave differently when it is transmitted during the telemetry time window.

1. 4 RPM During Downlinking Window – In this mode X5 reverts to a


neutral steering mode while in the telemetry time window. Drilling ahead
while in a neutral mode means that the directional response is only
controlled by the natural tendency of the BHA and formation.

Note
Although the X5 is in a neutral steering mode, the PDSteer dpoint will
continue to send the last steering setting that it had before the downlink
or tool start-up.

This mode is mandatory for PD475 systems since the speed differential
between the upper and lower torquer RPMs means that the upper
torquer has less reserve torque to hold the control unit stationary while
downlinking. This is usually only required when the collar is not rotating.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-26 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Equipment Setup 4-26

Disregard these PDSteer dpoints and remember that the tool is in a


neutral setting until the telemetry time window is finished and the normal
drilling cycle is started. Depending on the X5 tool configuration and MWD
telemetry rate, the new steering setting on the surface display may not
update until some time after the telemetry time window is over.
2. Steer Cycle During Downlink Window – In this mode the X5 stays in
the current steering setting during the telemetry time window. This means
that the X5 continues to steer as it did before the downlink or tool start-up.
Once the telemetry time window is complete, the X5 will commence
steering with the new setting as determined by the downlink. The PDSteer
dpoint will then update with the new steer setting. As above, depending
on the X5 tool configuration and MWD telemetry rate, the new steering
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275082760\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

setting on the surface display may not update until some time after the
telemetry time window is over.

Note
On PD675 and PD900 tools either mode can be used. Due to the time
saving, the Steer Cycle During Downlinking mode may be preferred.
This is enabled using the corresponding radio button. Default mode is 4.0
RPM During Downlink and will be used if SCBs created for PDXtra are
programmed into a PDX5 unless the SCB has been edited as above.

6 After setting the downlink parameters, select OK and return to the main SCB
window.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-27 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Equipment Setup 4-27

Highsiding the Sensor Package to the Driveface of the Muleshoe

Note
If you need to set the muleshoe for Gamma orientation, refer to section 4.3.2.6
Orientation Procedure(p. 4-31).

1 From the main SCB editor window, select Edit> Mechanical. The connector
calibration screen will appear.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275082760\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Figure 4-13: Connector Calibration Screen

2 Ensure that the CU is set to high side (by using the high side tool) and that
the CU is powered via the TSIM.

3 Select Run from the connector calibration window and allow the highside
reading to stabilize in the ‘Highside Average’ box. Then select Stop.

4 Select Copy Highside to SCB to save the values in the SCB editor.

5 Select OK to return to the main SCB editor window.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-28 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Equipment Setup 4-28

Transfer the Edited/New SCB to the Tool


1 The SCB should now be complete. Select File> Save As. A dialogue box
will appear into which you must type the required filename and select the
directory in which to save the file. Then select Save.

2 From the main SCB editor window, select Transfer> Write SCB to Tool (Both
Modules). A window will appear confirming the SCB name and location,
showing that it is ready to be written to the tool. If the file is correct, select
Continue to send the file to the tool. The progress bar will eventually reach
100% and stay highlighted. Select Exit when 100% is achieved and return to
the main SCB editor window. You may wish to print the SCB to have a hard
copy. This is useful to compare with the SCB downloaded from the tool later.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275082760\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Figure 4-14: SCB File Transfer Status

3 Exit the SCB Editor to return to the main Toolscope window.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-29 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Equipment Setup 4-29

Check that Control Loop Gains have been reset for Downhole Use

Note
This information is available from:

• InTouch PDX5 Tech Alert 02 - Ensure correct CU Gains programmed for


OST & Downhole (Content ID 3975934)
• PowerDrive X5 Maintenance Manual, Procedure 100096293 – section
entitled “Resetting the Control Loop Gains for Downhole use”.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275082760\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

1. In the main ToolScope window (SHOP mode), select Diagnostics> PDX5


Calibration> Control Loop Coefficients.

Figure 4-15: Accessing the Control Loop Coefficients Screen

2. In the Control Loop Coefficients screen, check that the values are those
for downhole use.

Figure 4-16: Control Loop Coefficients for Downhole Use

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-30 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Equipment Setup 4-30

4.3.2.5 Selecting and Fitting the Control Unit Connector (Muleshoe)


It is essential to select the correct length of muleshoe for fitting to the CU. This
is to ensure the correct alignment between the CU and the BU control shaft
during make-up of the PowerDrive BHA.

Tip: Gamma Sensors


If you are using the Gamma Ray service, refer to 4.3.2.6 Gamma Sensor
Orientation Procedure (100087688) (p. 4-30) for more information.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275082760\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Note
If you are reusing a Control Unit Connector (muleshoe), you must inspect it for
signs of wear before every run.

If there are signs of wear, a new Control Unit Connector (muleshoe) must be
fitted before the system goes downhole. It is equally important to ensure that the
muleshoe is completely filled with Molykote Long Term 2 Plus extreme pressure
grease (8258) behind the shroud membrane.

Muleshoe selection is based on the number of thread re-cuts that have been
made to the control collar. All muleshoes and collars can be identified by the
presence of recess rings around the body of the muleshoe and the base of the
collar, ranging from 4 rings (new collar) to 1 ring (collar has been re-cut 3 times).
A 4-ring muleshoe should be selected for use in a 4-ring collar, with a 1-ring
muleshoe being selected for use in a 1-ring collar.

To fit the muleshoe:

1 Lubricate the CU spindle with copper based grease.

2 Slide muleshoe onto the spindle, rotate to align the pinholes.

3 Insert 2 x new roll pins (8129). Tap home with a small ball-peen hammer.

4.3.2.6 Gamma Sensor Orientation Procedure (100087688)

Requirements

The following tools are required:

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-31 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Equipment Setup 4-31

Part No. Description


100084193 Control shaft orientation tool.
8129 New spirol pins.
D1354 V-blocks.
N/A IDEAL PC or Lap top running Windows 2000 and HSPM 9.1.
A4532 Shorthop box test kit or equivalent T-SIM test kit.
N/A Small punch.
N/A Ball Peened hammer.

The Adjustable connector shroud should be selected depending on the number


of recuts on the Control Collar. Refer to the following list for part numbers of all
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275082760\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

the available shrouds.

Part No. Description


100086603 Adjustable connector shroud recut 0.
100086651 Adjustable connector shroud recut 1.
100086652 Adjustable connector shroud recut 2.
100086653 Adjustable connector shroud recut 3.

Orientation Procedure

For PDX5, aligning the gamma direction with the steering direction is
accomplished by using a muleshoe with multiple angular alignment holes using
the following procedure. The procedure is performed with the Control Unit fully
assembled in the pressure case and properly connected to the torquers. The
Control Unit must be removed from the collar.

1 If the mule shoe is attached to the lower spindle, remove the spirol pins so
that it can be freely rotated on the lower spindle, otherwise insert the mule
shoe onto the lower spindle.

2 Support the tool horizontally at either end of the pressure case on a flat,
level surface so that it can be easily rotated without causing damage to the
impellers. Remove the End Cap, plug in the Fischer connector and sign on
to the tool with ToolScope. When starting ToolScope ensure that you are in
shop mode. In ToolScope open Live Data under the Diagnostics menu.
Select the Gravity Sensor tab.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-32 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Equipment Setup 4-32

3 Rotate the Control Unit until the gamma sensor points in the required direction
with respect to the vertical bias. When VGx reads +1 the Gamma Sensor
window is facing vertically upwards. When VGx reads -1 the Gamma Sensor
window is facing vertically downwards. Keep the Control Unit in this position
through the remaining gamma alignment procedure.

4 Take the Control Shaft orientation tool (100084193) and insert it into the
Muleshoe. Rotate the Muleshoe anti-clockwise (when looking in a down hole
direction) until the driving face of the Muleshoe contacts the dowel pin on the
setting tool. Maintain this contact throughout the procedure.

5 Looking at the rotating face on the Control Shaft orientation tool, turn the dial
anti-clockwise from zero to the value of the Tool-face Offset which is to be
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275082760\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

set in the SCB.

Quality Note
For successful setting of the Gamma Sensor, the tool-face offset must be
corrected for the drilling conditions such that when the DD chooses vertical
bias (0 degree setting on the steering map) the tool steers in that direction.

6 Holding the Muleshoe driving face against the dowel pin rotate the Muleshoe
until the spirit bubble is level. Rotate the Muleshoe clockwise or anti-clockwise
to align the nearest hole in the Muleshoe with that in the lower spindle and
insert the spirol pins. This will allow the Gamma Sensor window to be aligned
within ±30 degrees of target.

Figure 4-17: Muleshoe Alignment Holes

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-33 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Equipment Setup 4-33

7 Set the dial on the Control Shaft orientation tool to zero again and high side
the tool as per normal practice. It is extremely important to rewrite the SCB
file into the tool memory after the GR alignment is performed. Follow the
instructions on how to high side the tool. Once this has been done, save and
transfer the new SCB file to the tool memory and re-initialize log memory.

8 The Gamma Sensor should now be referenced to the Muleshoe high side,
such that it points in the correct direction when in bias mode.

Verification of the Angle Setting

To verify the angle perform the following steps,


PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275082760\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

1 Add the High Side Angle to the Toolface Offset to produce angle theta (Θ).

Θ=H+T

where;

Term Definition
H High side angle written into the tool’s SCB during mechanical
alignment.
T Toolface offset written into the tool’s SCB to adjust steering
tendency.

2 Verify angle theta, Θ, is in the Gamma Alignment Quadrant as shown in


Figure 4-18 Gamma Sensor Orientation Verification Chart (Looking downhole)
(p. 4-34). Refer to Table 4-3 Gamma Alignment Table (p. 4-34).

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-34 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Equipment Setup 4-34

UP
ș = 180° ±30°

90 ±30° 270° ±30°


LEFT RIGHT
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275082760\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

0° ±30°
DOWN
±30° Tolerance
Figure 4-18: Gamma Sensor Orientation Verification Chart (Looking downhole)

Table 4-3: Gamma Alignment Table

General Steering Desired Gamma Gamma Alignment VGx when aligning


Case Quadrant Quadrant
Building inclination Down Down -1
from vertical (desired
TF near 0 degree)
Reducing Inclination Down Up +1
(desired toolface near
180 degrees)

4.3.2.7 Checking Logging Operations


Prior to sending the tool downhole, perform the following checks to see that the
CU will log data.

1. Select Communications>Terminal Mode from the main Toolscope window.


This will bring up the Control Unit – Terminal Mode window. Click on the
Initialize Log Memory button to erase any data in the CU memory.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-35 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Equipment Setup 4-35
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275082760\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Figure 4-19: Erase Memory Status Display

Note
The memory must always be re-initialized after loading a new SCB.

2. From the main Toolscope window, select Diagnostics> Live Data. The Live
Diagnostic data Display window will appear. Select the correct CU Tab, then
select Start at the lower left of the window and the system will start logging.
Leave it logging for several minutes (up to 15 minutes should be sufficient).
3. After logging for a few minutes, select Stop to stop logging data and OK to
return to the main Toolscope window.
4. Select Communications> Terminal Mode from the main ToolScope window.
The terminal mode window will appear. Select Data Sizes and ensure that
the size is not zero, indicating that data has been successfully logged.
5. If all is OK, select Initialize Log Memory to clear any logged test data. Wait
at least one minute for the memory to be erased. Select Data Sizes and
check that no data is now stored.
6. Select Exit and return to the normal ToolScope window.
It is possible to check, at this stage, that the SCB loaded into the tool
is correct. It can be retrieved from the tool (select Process>Dump
memory>SCB>Comms module from the SCB Editor window). If the SCB
was printed out earlier, it can now be compared to the SCB retrieved from the
tool. The two should be identical. Check each section.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-36 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Equipment Setup 4-36
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275082760\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Figure 4-20: Live Diagnostic Data Display

7. Close the SCB Editor with ToolScope. Power down the TSIM, remove the
programming wand and replace the data port cover.
8. The Control Unit is now ready to be run downhole.

4.3.3 PowerPulse Frame


The PowerPulse tool should have been programmed correctly, and basket
tested with the tool prior to shipment to the rig. If this has not been done and
the PowerPulse needs to be programmed with the correct Dpoints refer to the
PowerPulse UOP (available from InTouch ID 3035887) for details.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-37 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Equipment Setup 4-37

4.4 Rigsite Toolkit


The rigsite tool kit contains special equipment and material accessories to
prepare the tool for the BHA.

Note
To perform the Gamma Sensor Orientation Procedure, you will need the Control
Shaft Orientation Tool (100084193).

As soon as possible after equipment setup is complete, complete the following:


PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275082760\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

• Check inventory of the rigsite tool kit.


• Clean and secure the rigsite tool kit.
• Ensure the driller is aware that a special wrench is required to make up the bit.

Refer to section 3.6.1.5 Rigsite Toolkit (p. 3-20) for a detailed checklist of items
in this kit.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-38 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Equipment Setup 4-38
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275082760\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Intentionally Blank

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-i PowerDrive X5 UOP / Quick Operating Procedures 5-i

Quick Operating Procedures


5.1 BHA Make-Up __________________________________________________ 5-1
5.2 Surface System Initializations __________________________________ 5-2
5.3 Running in Hole ________________________________________________ 5-2
5.3.1 Shallow Hole Test (SHT) _____________________________________ 5-2
5.3.2 Running in Hole ______________________________________________ 5-3
5.4 Drilling Operations _____________________________________________ 5-3
5.4.1 Normal Operation ____________________________________________ 5-3
5.4.2 Optimizing Performance ______________________________________ 5-4
5.4.3 Abnormal Operations _________________________________________ 5-4
5.4.4 Monitoring Operations ________________________________________ 5-5
5.5 Downlinking ____________________________________________________ 5-5
5.6 Decision to Pull Out of the Hole ________________________________ 5-5
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049362\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

5.7 Pulling Out of the Hole (POOH) _________________________________ 5-6


5.8 Data Requirements—Post run Analysis ________________________ 5-6
5.9 Reports ________________________________________________________ 5-6

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-ii PowerDrive X5 UOP / Quick Operating Procedures 5-ii
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049362\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Intentionally Blank

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-1 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Quick Operating Procedures 5-1

5 QUICK OPERATING PROCEDURES

5.1 BHA Make-Up


At this point, all parts of the wellsite system should be fully tested and operational.
Preparation is completed and the downhole tools are initialized and ready to
pick up. From this point:
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049362\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

• Ensure that operations are executed safely, efficiently and with maximum
service quality.
• Ensure that all serial numbers, OD’s, ID’s, lengths and connection types have
been checked against the manual and the relevant fishing diagrams—for
the system in use—made up.
• Label the tools to be run, clearly marking the down-hole end of the control
collar. The lifting sequence to the rig floor should be indicated to the rig crew.
• Ensure the deck crew are aware that the CU collar contains sensitive
electronic components and should be lifted carefully and not subjected to
shock loads. The field engineer should always be present while the tools are
being lifted to the rig floor.
• Remember to observe the ’no-tong’ areas on the control collar around the
anchor bolts recesses when making up connections.
• Make-up connections to the recommended torques specified in section 2.3
Specifications (p. 2-17).

The use of surface and downhole filters are recommended. See section (p.
6-5)6.1.5 Screens and Filters (p. 6-5) for details

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-2 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Quick Operating Procedures 5-2

Tip
In some PowerDrive assemblies, there is now a protective gaiter over the
piston/seal bore. This gaiter is a secondary device to provide the seal with a
clean, oil-filled operating environment for the lifetime of the gaiter. The gaiter may
thus extend the overall life of the piston seal and/or toroidal bore by the lifetime
of the gaiter. It is expected that for a majority of drilling runs and conditions, the
gaiter will fail downhole after some amount of drilling time. Tearing or removing
the gaiter should not affect the tool’s downhole performance in any way. Once
the protection of the gaiter is gone, the seal and bore will perform as an original
assembly without a gaiter.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049362\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

5.2 Surface System Initializations


All RSS tools must be added to the BHA within IDEAL. Otherwise there are no
RSS specific initializations within IDEAL.

5.3 Running in Hole

5.3.1 Shallow Hole Test (SHT)

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: machinery equipment hand tools

If running with a motor above the tool, the SHT must be completed without
the motor being connected, since a visual check of the pad activation is
recommended and could not be done if the motor shaft is spinning the tool.
The motor Surface Function test should be completed after the SHT.

The shallow hole test (SHT) is performed to check the basic functionality of the
tool. It is recommended that during the SHT a visual check of the pad activation
is performed.

It is recommended that the bit is screwed on the bias unit before performing
the SHT.

When testing a system fitted with the real-time link, confirm the real-time link is
operational by examination of the decoded dpoints sent by the MWD tool.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-3 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Quick Operating Procedures 5-3

Refer to section 6.3.1 Shallow Hole Test (SHT) (p. 6-9) for more details.

5.3.2 Running in Hole


Stage in hole if the static bottom hole temperature is ‘hot’ (>100 degC). Initially
circulate at the flow-rate used during the SHT to condition the mud system and
safeguard the BU from seal damage.

If a float is in the string, remember to fill the drill pipe at regular intervals.

Care should be taken when running through in tight spots, sections of high dog
leg or under-gauge hole.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049362\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Refer to section 6.3.3 Running in Hole (p. 6-14) for more details.

Note: Running in hole with PowerDrive vorteX


When running in hole with a motor:

• control tripping speed to avoid motor damage


• do not tag bottom without circulating.

5.4 Drilling Operations

5.4.1 Normal Operation


During normal drilling operation consider the following points:

• Ensure, at all times, that the flow rate and mud weight are monitored to
optimize the pressure drop through the tool.
• Ensure the maximum RPM is not exceeded, particularly, when running
below a motor.
• Reaming and Back-Reaming is possible but additional care should be
employed due to the increased risk of shock and vibration induced failures.
• You can drill out of the shoe track but care should be employed when drilling
the casing shoe or through the rat hole.

• Commence drilling with the required tool setting to achieve the desired
trajectory.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-4 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Quick Operating Procedures 5-4

• To kick off from vertical, the tool should be set in magnetic tool face mode,
and a setting of 100% used. Four pulse telemetry must be selected prior to
the run.
• Sidetracking can be done in open hole, from cement plugs or whipstocks but
proper procedures should be followed.

Running PowerDrive vorteX

For full details on running PowerDrive vorteX, consult the PowerDrive vorteX
UOP at InTouch ID 3911322.

• On reaching bottom and starting the run:


PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049362\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

– Remember to record the off-bottom pressure at working flow rate.


– Increase WOB gradually to achieve desired drilling parameters.
– If the motor stalls, ask the driller to reduce the pump rate immediately
and pull off bottom. Resume drilling, as above, but with lower differential
pressure to prevent further stalling.

• Off bottom circulating

– Avoid off bottom circulation for extended periods. If unavoidable, reduce


flowrate to lessen off bottom bearing wear.
– Frequently observe and record off-bottom pressure.
– If compensated readings are decreasing with time, check for washout.

• When reaming with a motor, always keep the surface RPM below 40. See
section 6.4.1.3 Reaming and Back-Reaming (p. 6-19) for more details.

5.4.2 Optimizing Performance


The tool performance can be optimized using a number of techniques as
described in section 6.4.2 Optimizing Performance (p. 6-25).

5.4.3 Abnormal Operations


During any drilling operation, abnormal conditions can occur. Schlumberger
often has little control over these situations. It is very important to keep the client
advised on the possible effects of abnormal conditions on Schlumberger tools
and recommend possible solutions to the problems.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-5 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Quick Operating Procedures 5-5

It is important to have a plan for general shock and stick/slip mitigation before the
job starts so everyone involved is aware of the limitations and dangers before
hand. Having a pre-agreed upon action plan will avoid any situations at the well
site where the client has expectations of doing something that may compromise
tool reliability or performance.

Any instances of down-hole shock recorded by the MWD must be investigated


and the drilling parameters altered to remedy the situation where possible, with
rotary speed being varied to change the harmonic resonance frequency. See
section 3.4.17 Downhole Shocks (p. 3-15) for more information about possible
causes of down-hole shock and how to reduce it.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049362\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

5.4.4 Monitoring Operations


The general rotary drilling practices should be observed while running the tool.

Downhole shocks and vibrations should always be monitored and minimized


where possible to maximize tool life.

Hydraulics and mud parameters should be watched closely, especially LCM,


sand and solid content, flow rate and standpipe pressure.

Refer to section 6.4.4 Monitoring Operations (p. 6-30) for more details.

5.5 Downlinking
To adjust the wellbore trajectory, commands are sent to the tool by altering the
flow rate of the drilling mud. This is referred to as “Downlinking”.

The procedure to change the tool setting by donwlinking is described in section


6.5 Downlinking (Telemetry) (p. 6-44).

The tool will send a confirmation of the downlink command if the E-Mag real-time
link is used.

5.6 Decision to Pull Out of the Hole


Many reasons justify pulling out of the hole. Always go through the
troubleshooting section prior to taking this decision. If a failure is suspected,
visually inspect the tool when above the rotary table and if needed perform a post
run SHT to assist in failure mode analysis.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-6 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Quick Operating Procedures 5-6

Refer to section 6.6 Decision to Pull Out of the Hole (p. 6-54) for more details.

5.7 Pulling Out of the Hole (POOH)


Do not exceed the tool operating limits while POOH, and monitor operations
closely if backreaming is necessary, as shocks and vibrations can be more
severe when backreaming compared to drilling.

• Perform post-run SHT if possible.


• Lay down tools as required following the standard safety procedures.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049362\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

• Inspect Bias Unit and Control Unit collar for any obvious wear.
• Download Control Unit log data—confirm proper tool operation.

Refer to section 6.7 Pulling Out of the Hole (POOH) (p. 6-55) for more details.

5.8 Data Requirements—Post run Analysis


The tool logs on their own are typically not enough to perform a detailed post run
analysis, especially in case of failure.

To obtain the global picture, as much data should be collected (IDEAL Time Data
and Depth Data, Geolograph, Mud loggers, etc), from the other downhole tools
(MWD shock logs, LWD data) and from offset wells, etc.

5.9 Reports
The reporting structure for any job will be dependent on the client and local
district requirement.

Refer to section 6.9 Reports (p. 6-59) for an example .

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-i PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 5-i

Detailed Operating Procedures


6.1 BHA Make-Up __________________________________________________ 6-1
6.1.1 Preparation for Picking Up the Tool ____________________________ 6-1
6.1.2 Transporting Tools to Rigfloor _________________________________ 6-2
6.1.3 BHA Connections ____________________________________________ 6-3
6.1.3.1 Tool Connections _________________________________________ 6-3
6.1.3.2 New or Re-cut Connection Procedures _____________________ 6-3
6.1.4 Tool Pick-Up Sequence — RSS Only __________________________ 6-4
6.1.5 Screens and Filters __________________________________________ 6-5
6.2 Surface System Initializations __________________________________ 6-8
6.2.1 HSPM Initializations __________________________________________ 6-8
6.2.2 IDEAL Initializations __________________________________________ 6-8
6.3 Running in Hole ________________________________________________ 6-9
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

6.3.1 Shallow Hole Test (SHT) _____________________________________ 6-9


6.3.1.1 BHA Position _____________________________________________ 6-9
6.3.1.2 Test Procedure __________________________________________ 6-10
6.3.1.3 SHT Check List _________________________________________ 6-13
6.3.1.4 Shallow Hole Test Failures _______________________________ 6-13
6.3.2 Magnetic Interference _______________________________________ 6-13
6.3.3 Running in Hole _____________________________________________ 6-14
6.4 Drilling Operations ____________________________________________ 6-15
6.4.1 Normal Operation ___________________________________________ 6-15
6.4.1.1 Toolface and Proportion Setting __________________________ 6-15
6.4.1.2 Inclination Hold __________________________________________ 6-16
6.4.1.3 Reaming and Back-Reaming _____________________________ 6-19
6.4.1.4 Drilling out the Casing Shoe and Drilling Through the
Rathole _________________________________________________ 6-21
6.4.1.5 Kicking Off from Vertical _________________________________ 6-22
6.4.1.6 Sidetracking ____________________________________________ 6-22
6.4.1.7 Whipstocks _____________________________________________ 6-24
6.4.2 Optimizing Performance _____________________________________ 6-25
6.4.3 Abnormal Operations ________________________________________ 6-25
6.4.3.1 Downhole Shocks _______________________________________ 6-26
6.4.3.2 Stick/Slip _______________________________________________ 6-26
6.4.3.3 Rough Drilling ___________________________________________ 6-26
6.4.3.4 Drill String Vibration/Resonance __________________________ 6-27
6.4.3.5 Stuck Pipe ______________________________________________ 6-28
6.4.3.6 H2S ____________________________________________________ 6-29
6.4.3.7 Taking a Kick ____________________________________________ 6-29
6.4.3.8 Pumping LCM ___________________________________________ 6-30
6.4.4 Monitoring Operations _______________________________________ 6-30
6.4.4.1 RSS Displays ___________________________________________ 6-30
6.4.4.2 Dpoint Interpretation _____________________________________ 6-31
6.4.4.3 Monitoring E-Mag Link Data ______________________________ 6-33
6.4.4.4 Drilling Parameters ______________________________________ 6-36

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-ii PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-ii

6.4.4.5 Flow Rates, Temperatures and Pressures _________________ 6-36


6.4.4.6 Toolface Offsets and Phase Shifts ________________________ 6-36
6.4.4.7 Formations ______________________________________________ 6-37
6.4.4.8 Mud Pumps and Pulsation Dampeners ____________________ 6-37
6.4.4.9 Mud Data _______________________________________________ 6-38
6.4.5 Gamma Sensor — Setup and Data Display ___________________ 6-39
6.4.5.1 HSPM — Real Time Frame Configuration _________________ 6-39
6.4.5.2 Using the Gamma Data __________________________________ 6-40
6.4.5.3 Shorthop Test Box _______________________________________ 6-43
6.5 Downlinking (Telemetry) _______________________________________ 6-44
6.5.1 Downlink Telemetry _________________________________________ 6-44
6.5.1.1 General Downlink Procedure _____________________________ 6-46
6.5.1.2 Downlink Data __________________________________________ 6-46
6.5.1.3 Data Format ____________________________________________ 6-49
6.5.2 Calculation of RTC and FTC _________________________________ 6-51
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

6.5.3 Downlinking Procedure ______________________________________ 6-53


6.5.4 Confirmation of Downlink ____________________________________ 6-54
6.6 Decision to Pull Out of the Hole _______________________________ 6-54
6.7 Pulling Out of the Hole (POOH) ________________________________ 6-55
6.7.1 Tool Lay Down ______________________________________________ 6-55
6.7.2 System Inspection—Bias Unit ________________________________ 6-55
6.7.3 System Inspection—Control Unit _____________________________ 6-56
6.7.4 System Inspection—SRX Receiver and RT Flex ______________ 6-56
6.7.5 Downloading Control Unit Data Logs _________________________ 6-56
6.8 Data Requirements—Post run Analysis _______________________ 6-57
6.9 Reports _______________________________________________________ 6-59

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-1 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-1

6 DETAILED OPERATING PROCEDURES


At this point, all parts of the wellsite system should be fully tested and operational.
Preparation is completed and the downhole tools are initialized and ready to pick
up. From this point, ensure that operations are executed safely, efficiently and
with maximum service quality.

Proper planning is critical. Any waste of rig time affects service quality. Ensure
all required tools are brought up to the rig floor before they are needed. Do not
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

waste rig time looking for equipment.

Note
Detailed operating instructions are intended as a guide for experienced users.

Start documenting the run details into the Bit Run Summary from the time the
tools are initialized on the deck. Documenting the run well can assist with
troubleshooting later.

6.1 BHA Make-Up


All the safety procedures associated with this tool must be followed at all times,
refer to section 1 Health, Safety and Environment (p. 1-1).

Potential Severity: Serious


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: machinery equipment hand tools

Every time that the BHA is in the slips, it is mandatory to install the proper collar
clamp before unlatching the elevator from the string.

6.1.1 Preparation for Picking Up the Tool


Ensure that all serial numbers, OD’s, ID’s, lengths and connection types have
been checked against the manual and the relevant fishing diagrams — for the
system in use — made up.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-2 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-2

Label the tools to be run, clearly marking the downhole end of the control collar.
The lifting sequence to the rig floor should be indicated to the rig crew.

Ensure the deck crew are aware that the CU collar contains sensitive electronic
components and should be lifted carefully and not subjected to shock loads.
The field engineer should always be present while the tools are being lifted to
the rig floor.

6.1.2 Transporting Tools to Rigfloor


Before transporting the tool to the rig floor ensure the following tasks are
complete:
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

• The tool is programmed correctly.


• All parts of the tool have been checked, and passed as fit for downhole use.
• Thread protectors must be secured on all exposed connections.
• The readout port cover has been replaced and is correctly tightened.
• Stabilizers sleeves are in place, and preferably torqued to specification.
• The slings from the crane should be double wrapped around the collar. Do
not hook the slings into lift bail thread protectors. One tag line should be
attached to each sling to ensure safe and controlled transport.
• If using an air hoist to pull the tool through the V-door, do not hook the chain
through the thread protector. Remove the uphole thread protector and insert
lift sub. Torque the lift sub into the collar using chain tongs and a sledge
hammer. Attach the air hoist line to the lift sub and a tag line to the bit box
thread protector and raise the collar to the rig floor. This procedure should be
performed by the rig crew and supervised by the Schlumberger engineer.

Potential Severity: Serious


Potential Loss: Assets, Personnel
Hazard Category: machinery equipment hand tools

When a lift sub is made up hand tight to a tool, draw a chalk/crayon


line across the connection. This line will provide a visual check that the
connection has not backed off. If this line is seen to be broken when the tool
is in the derrick inform the driller immediately.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-3 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-3

6.1.3 BHA Connections

6.1.3.1 Tool Connections

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: machinery equipment hand tools

Observe the torque values stipulated within the tables and fishing diagrams given
in section 2 General Description and Specifications (p. 2-1).
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

• Tong Placement — Observe ‘no-tong’ areas on collar around the hanger


bolt recesses, marked by a groove ring above and below. Also refer to the
fishing diagrams in section 2 General Description and Specifications (p. 2-1).
Ensure that tongs are placed 12 in from face of box connections.
PD475 and any 4 3/4 in equipment is more prone to pinching or deformation
when using standard tongs or iron roughnecks.

6.1.3.2 New or Re-cut Connection Procedures


Whenever a connection is made up for the first time the following procedure
should be followed. This procedure applies even if a new part is to be screwed
on to a used part.

• Ensure threads are clean and free from grease, it is recommended that
threads are phosphate coated (MOLY-KOTE or equivalent).
• Lubricate both the pin and the box with API drill collar compound. Make up the
connection carefully with a chain tong ensuring that it shoulders up correctly.
• If resistance is felt at any time during this procedure, back out the connection
and clean the threads. Inspect and repair minor damage such as galling or
burring.
• Re-apply API drill collar compound and make up the connection again with a
chain tong. Providing it shoulders up correctly with the chain tong, tighten the
connection to the recommended make-up torque.
• Break out the connection again. Clean and inspect the threads. If there is
no damage re-apply API drill collar compound and the connection is ready
for assembly.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-4 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-4

6.1.4 Tool Pick-Up Sequence — RSS Only


The tool pick-up sequence will vary depending upon the configuration sent from
the workshop, the rig type (topdrive or rotary kelly) and pipe handling equipment
available. Prior to picking up any BHA, the engineer should discuss with the
relevant personnel as to how best to proceed both effectively and safely.

Ensure that:

• the drill floor handling tools are ready, with dog collars for the control collar
and the flex collar (where used)
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

• any rig-supplied crossovers are ready


• the float is prepared as required by the Client (ported / non-ported)
• the bit type and nozzles are correct
• the preferred method of lifting the tools to the drill floor is discussed with the
Toolpusher, Driller and Assistant Driller.

It is recommended that the components be assembled in the workshop and


shipped to the rig site as assembled units. Initial programming in the workshop
is also recommended — particularly for the PD475 as this requires the removal
of the float valve.

If the system components must be made up at the rig site, the following should
be noted:

1. Ensure tong placement is correct,

• At least 12 in from a box, and 6 in from a pin connection.


• Away from the collar recess grooves to protect the bolt hole recess.

2. The field engineer is responsible for ensuring that the connections are
torqued up to the value specified in the specifications chapter of this manual.
3. When using a PD475 note that the top connection on the CC is a special
thread and will NOT accept an NC38 connection.
4. Do not set the slips or collar clamp onto the tapered shoulder of the flex
section. This section is highly stressed and teeth marks will act as stress
risers potentially shortening the working life of the flex.
5. If using a flow restrictors in the bit box, it should be installed just before the bit
is made up — When the bit is in its bit breaker, preventing the flow restrictor
from falling downhole

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-5 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-5

6. When running a real time link, the standard extender procedures for
MWD/LWD should be followed.
7. The stabilizer sleeves on the control collar have left-hand threads. The
stabilizer sleeves on the SRX have right-hand threads.

6.1.5 Screens and Filters


It is advisable to run surface drill pipe screens where available to monitor and
minimize the potential risk of debris picked up within the mud system causing
blockage or damage to the RSS, MWD or LWD.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Potential Severity: Serious


Potential Loss: Personnel
Hazard Category: machinery equipment hand tools

Caution should be used when running surface screens, as they can be


inadvertently left in the drill pipe, or become a dropped object.

It is important to see that there are no iron-filings or metallic particles in the mud
system. If necessary magnetic filters (ditch magnets) should be used to remove
magnetic debris.

The nature and size of the debris / particles causing jamming events are different
and require differing steps to address the problems.

Primary failure causes are:

1. Jamming of the impeller relative to the collar.


Typically caused by large scale debris such as stator rubber from motors,
plastic tie wraps and other foreign items.
2. Jamming of the magnet housing relative to the torquer body.
Typically these events are caused by fine grade material dropping out of the
mud system as the fluid passes across the torquer assembly. Failures have
been found due to LCM, barite, clay / shale and metal filings.
3. Blockage of the bias unit filter assembly.
Typically due to LCM material. Failures of this nature are rare as the filter
is designed to be self cleaning, however problems may occur depending
on the pill mixture being pumped.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-6 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-6

The following guidelines highlight the potential areas where jamming and
blockage can occur as well as the recommended steps and procedures that
should be adopted to limit or prevent them reoccurring.

1. Use of PowerDrive vorteX downhole filter subs


The use of downhole filter subs should be considered where appropriate.
Depending on the proposed BHA layout, take into account the increased
distance from the pads to the primary stabilizer (especially if motor sleeve)
and any decrease in dogleg potential. The tool should be run with a
PowerDrive vorteX filter sub below the motor whenever it is used in
combination with a motor — this BHA combination presents an increased risk
of jamming from rubber chunking from the stator.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

The downhole filter sub has been designed to collect debris, in order to
prevent jamming within the Control Unit. This sub also includes a sleeve-on
stabilization feature. The basket is designed to be pulled and emptied on
the rig floor.
2. Cleaning of drill pipe following cementing operations.
A number of jamming events have been related to cement debris falling from
the inside of the drill pipe - please review the following IT content regarding
recommended practices for the cleaning of drill pipe:

InTouch ID Title
3273628 Cleaning of drill pipes

3. Recommendations when pumping LCM and associated fine material.


Published LCM specifications for are based on the control unit being turned
on and operating within its configured drilling flow range.
PD1100/PD900/PD675 — 50 lb/bbl med. nutplug
PD475 — 35 lb/bbl medium grade nutplug
PDX5 675 — 50 lb/bbl med. nutplug
All LCM pills or LCM additions to the mud system should be well mixed prior
to pumping. The potential impact of LCM on the operation of Powerdrive
can be split into 2 groups:

a. Bias Unit — Problems are generally rare, the bias unit handles LCM
well, with the filter assembly designed to be self cleaning. Problems are
more likely to occur when pumping pills high in polymer content, that
tend to stick and ’hang’ from the filter elements. It should be ensured
that pills of this type are well mixed and clear of the bias unit before
cutting the pumps.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-7 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-7

b. Control Unit — The potential risk of LCM to the control unit is in the
packing off of the torquer assemblies with fine material. The design of
the torquers are such that the clearance between the magnet housing
and torquer body is quite small. Under normal operations, this area is
kept clean by the rotation of the magnet drawing across the scraper
assembly. In most examples of failure due to pack-off of the torquer
assembly, there have been slow circulating events prior to the failure -
normally when pumping the pill itself.
While pumping LCM it is recommended that the control unit should be turned
ON. Typically, coarser materials are handled better than finer, ’powder’ types.
4. Prevention of failure due to torquer pack off from barite or similar material.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

It should be ensured that whenever possible, the flow rate when circulating is
such that the control unit is powered and functioning. This includes breaking
circulation when tripping in the hole and the drilling out of shoe tracks etc.

InTouch ID Title
3311668 Preventing CU mag housings from plugging off
with barite.

5. Use of flow line and ditch magnets to remove / monitor metal debris within
the mud system.
Failures have occurred due to fine metal particles remaining in the mud
following milling operations. These particles become attracted to the magnets
within the torquer assemblies and depending on the amount present in the
mud can build up and pack off the clearance between the magnet housing
and torquer body. As always, if any location has adopted a local best practice
not outlined above, or has specific case histories with lessons learnt, then
please submit to InTouch for sharing.

6. Use of in-line filter on MEXM extenders.


In-line filters are available for use on the real-time extenders of both
PowerPulse and Impulse. The MEXM filter element must be run in
conjunction with the corresponding Belleville strainer sleeve. Please review
the following content for further details:

InTouch ID Title
34557766 MEXM in-line filters for debris removal while drilling
(PowerPulse)
3015417 MWD-TIR152, IMPulse jamming reduction with
Downhole Filter

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-8 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-8

6.2 Surface System Initializations


RSS tools must be added to the BHA within IDEAL. Otherwise there are no RSS
specific initializations within IDEAL. For other tools all units within IDEAL should
be rechecked after making up the BHA and prior to the shallow hole test.

The following units MUST be checked after making up the BHA:

• BHA dimensions, and distances from bit to all measure points.

HSPM Initializations
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

6.2.1

HSPM initializations should be performed as described in the IDEAL software


reference manual (P-600021). It is important to ensure that a proper frame
configuration (the same one that was programmed in the MWD tool) is loaded in
HSPM. This allows the system to recognize all RSS D-points.

6.2.2 IDEAL Initializations


RSS tools must be added to the BHA within IDEAL. Refer to the IDEAL software
manual (P-600021) for details. Communication with the MWD tool is achieved
through a real time link. The signal is transmitted from the MWD to the surface
system via telemetry. HSPM demodulates the signals and forwards the data to
IDEAL. Within IDEAL, all information from the RSS tool can be monitored using
the Rotary Steerable Systems Display (RSSDisplay).

Note
Acquisition must be running and connected to HSPM before launching
RSSDisplay.

Once the screen has been set up, the user can monitor all d-points transmitted
from the RSS tool including continuous surveys (D & I), status word, settings,
toolface angle, etc. Details regarding operation of RSSDisplay are available in
the IDEAL 6-1 Software Manuals. These manuals are available at the InTouch
IDEAL Reference Page (ID 3300415).

6-1. Search InTouch for the latest version of this software.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-9 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-9

6.3 Running in Hole

6.3.1 Shallow Hole Test (SHT)


The purpose of the SHT is to test the tool before running in hole. A properly
executed SHT will detect problems with the tool, which would not be detected
until drilling commenced. Conversely, a poorly executed SHT can result in a
problematic tool being run, or false diagnostics of a problem, and time lost in
laying down and picking up a backup tool.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

The shallow hole test checks the correct operation of the following components:

• Control Unit

– Mechanical Assembly
– Electronic Functionality
– Software and Programming

• Bias Unit Mechanical Assembly


• Real Time link to surface

However, a successful SHT is no guarantee that the tool will perform downhole
as many others factors affect drilling performance.

6.3.1.1 BHA Position


The tool should be positioned so that the bias unit is below the rig floor but the
pads can still be seen.

For the initial SHT it is preferable that no other equipment excpet the bit for
proper pressure drop.is in the drill string.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-10 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-10

Potential Severity: Serious


Potential Loss: Assets, Reputation
Hazard Category: machinery equipment hand tools, pressure

PowerDrive shallow hole test must not be run on the rig floor with the MWD tools
(SlimPulse, IMPulse and PowerPulse). Their modulation frequencies will cause
variations in flow rates and pressure pulses. These variations will damage the
PowerDrive control unit thrust bearings and lead to possible jamming of the
magnet housings. Furthermore if a MWD tool is tested at surface then the high
pressure pulses can damage the rotary face seals, leading to mud invasion
and tool failure.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

6.3.1.2 Test Procedure


The SHT involves observing the bias unit pad opening sequence as indicated by
the flow of drilling fluid through the exhaust port of the bias unit pads. If a clear
observation of fluid escaping from the bias unit piston cannot be made due to
turbulent flow of drilling fluid then the BHA should be raised or lowered unit a
clear observation can be made.

The control unit should be loaded with an SCB file that has an initial steering
setting with a proportion of both biasing and neutral phase. i.e. not a steering
setting of 0% or 100%. This ensures that during the SHT all functionality of the
control unit is tested. The examples shown below use an initial tool steering
setting of 0/60% (0 degrees 60% biasing phase).

Instruct the driller to bring the flow rate up gradually until the standpipe pressure
reaches 700 PSI. The flow rate required to obtain this pressure will vary
depending on mud properties and bit nozzles, but is necessary to have a flow
greater than the tool turn-on and less than the maximum flow rate. (Refer to
OST data sheet).

The reason for making the test pressure rather than flow rate dependent is that
if the mud is cold and viscous the surface pressure may exceed the Bias Unit
piston seal specification.

On tool start up the system will go through a start up sequence as described in the
SCB file. A copy of the SCB timing sheet should be to hand at time of the SHT.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-11 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-11

A copy of a SCB timing sequence is shown below in Table 6-1 Start up Time
Summary—no telemetry (p. 6-11). The column on the left shows the control unit
operation mode. The next column shows the control unit rotation rate. Since the
bias unit pad actuation valve is directly attached to the control unit the pads
should be seen to operate at the same rate as which the control unit is rotating.

Table 6-1: Start up Time Summary—no telemetry

RPM Time (secs) Total (mm:ss)


Start Mud Pumps 0:00
Idle 0 30
0:30
Survey 0 90
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

2:00
Telemetry window 4.0 240
Telemetry filter delay 4.0 54
6:54
Drilling Cycle 16 (Slew C-CW 180
Collar) (Repeating)

In the example shown above the following pad opening sequence should be
observed:

• 0 Pad Actuations from 0:00 to 2:00 min


• 4 Pad Actuations per minute from 2:00 min to 6:54 min
• After 6:55 min, Pad Actuation per minute will depend on the setting
programmed in the tool (drilling cycle).

The drilling cycle will now repeat every 180 seconds.

Note
Depending on the SCB loaded in the tool, PDX5 will remain in neutral biasing
during the start up period, but will be transmitting the actual steering code
through the short-hop receiver. It is extremely important to understand this
feature in case drilling is to be commenced right after survey. In this case, the
tool will NOT steer until the drilling cycle starts. Refer to section 6.5.1 Downlink
Telemetry (p. 6-44) for more information.

If the pad actuation sequence is not observed as per the timing sequence shown
in the SCB then refer to section 6.3.1.4 Shallow Hole Test Failures (p. 6-13)

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-12 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-12

Note
It is difficult to know the exact flow rate at which the tool turns on. But a
reasonable approximation can be taken as 100gpm less the minimum telemetry
flow rate.

Drill Cycle

After the tool finishes the telemetry mode it will enter the drilling cycle. In this
example the drilling cycle is 300 seconds. The drilling cycle consists of two
modes of operation, bias and neutral phase.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

While utilizing GR measurements, the drilling cycle and interval between survey
must be programmed to be above 3 minutes.

Bias Phase

During this phase the control unit holds a toolface angle and fluid should be seen
exiting from 1 or 2 pads for the duration of the bias phase. The length of the bias
phase is determined by % drill setting in the SCB file.

For example

tool setting 0 degrees 60%


Drill cycle 180 seconds
Bias phase 180*0.6 = 108 seconds

Neutral Phase

This is the period of time the control unit is rotating at a set rotation rate relative to
the collar. The typical setting is 16RPM less than the collar rotation rate. During
this mode drilling fluid should be seen to be exiting from each pad in turn at a
frequency of 16 times per minute. The period of neutral phase is determined by
Neutral phase period = Drill Cycle period – Bias Phase period

For the example shown above this would be 180 – 108 = 72 seconds.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-13 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-13

Note
Local practice sometimes requires the tool to be set in either neutral mode (0%
setting) or 100% bias mode during the SHT. However, this is not recommended
because all the functionality of the control unit will not be tested during the SHT.
If the tool is in 0% setting then the control unit will rotate at 16 RPM less than
the collar and drilling fluid will be seen to exit from each pad in turn until the
pumps are recycled. If the tool is in 100% mode then the control unit will settle on
the tool face angle and hold this angle.

6.3.1.3 SHT Check List


PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Check the following points to determine if the SHT was successful:

1. Is the standpipe pressure a reasonable value compared to the bit pressure


drop and tool pressure drop tables?
2. Did the control unit remain stationary or drift slowly (less than 2RPM) during
the survey period of the start up sequence?
3. Was the drill cycle observed as defined by the initial tool setting in the SCB
file?

If the answer to all the above questions is yes then the tool has passed the SHT.
If a doubt exists as to any aspects of the checks above then refer to section
6.3.1.4 Shallow Hole Test Failures (p. 6-13).

6.3.1.4 Shallow Hole Test Failures


If the SHT is unsuccessful, repeat the procedure twice more. Under no
circumstance should a tool that has had 3 unsuccessful tests be run in
hole.

Refer to section 9.1 Shallow Hole Test Failures (p. 9-3) for troubleshooting.

6.3.2 Magnetic Interference


High levels of magnetic interference affect the ability of the control unit to
maintain the demanded rotation rate during neutral periods of the drill cycle
by swamping the signal provided by the collar magnets mounted externally on
the control unit collar. These magnets typically provide 4x nominal earths field
and are used by the flux gate magnetometers to reference the speed of the
control unit to that of the collar. As both the diagnostic and telemetry window

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-14 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-14

rotation rates are controlled by the roll rate gyro, these intervals are unaffected
by magnetic inference. It should also be noted that magnetic interference can
also affect the biasing period of the drill cycle when the tool is programmed
for a magnetic toolface (MTF).

If magnetic interference is suspected - the following steps should be taken:

1. Check the rig site area for any potential interference sources - such as
generators or equipment drawing high current load.
2. Try to ensure that the sensor module, located relative to collar magnets on
the collar exterior is clear of local interference such as the rotary table, a
latched tong, Iron Roughneck etc.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

3. Rotate the string by +/-90 degrees to alter any potential alignments with
the local interference field.
4. If the tool is setup with a neutral setting, down link a new GTF setting with
20%+ bias percentage - observe that the control unit stabilizes correctly
during the planned bias period.
5. If magnetic interference has previously been a known issue on a particular
rig, it may be advisable to preprogram the SCB with a low bias percentage
GTF setting rather than neutral.

6.3.3 Running in Hole

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: machinery equipment hand tools

If running PowerDrive vorteX, do not spud motor on bottom as a minimum flow


rate through motor needs to be established before tagging bottom.

Due to the presence of a float in the drill string, it will be necessary to fill up the
drill pipe at regular intervals, typically every 20 stands. Care should be taken
while running through any tight spots or sections of high dog-leg severity —
particularly if following on from a motor run.

If the static bottom hole temperature is expected to be ‘hot’ (>100 DegC), then
the system should be staged in while tripping.

On tagging bottom — Initially circulate at the flow-rate required to give 700 psi
standpipe pressure on the SHT to condition the mud system and safeguard the
Bias Unit from seal damage.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-15 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-15

6.4 Drilling Operations


Drilling will commence with the tool face and proportion that was loaded into the
CU with the SCB. This setting will have been discussed with the directional
driller prior to running in the hole. The driller will be notified of the initial drilling
parameters, i.e., flow rate, RPM and WOB.

The drilling parameters and surveys should be logged on the drilling worksheet,
with all changes or comments being logged in both depth and time.

Normal Operation
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

6.4.1

6.4.1.1 Toolface and Proportion Setting


The toolface and proportion setting that is downlinked to the tool should be
chosen by the Directional Driller to control the BHA along the planned trajectory.

Previous experience in the area and offset well data will give an indication of the
maximum DLS that can be achieved. Refer to the Specifications section for
maximum DLS capabilities for each tool size.

The following factors should be considered:

• It is better to start with a higher proportion setting (100%) until the exact
behavior of the particular Tool/BHA/Bit combination has been determined.
This is particularly important where limited offset well data is available.
The real-time continuous inclination should be monitored closely to avoid
excessive or unplanned doglegs.
• A high proportion setting is sometimes required to break a strong trend from
a previous BHA or a previous setting. For example when going from a strong
drop setting to a strong build setting the tool may need a stronger proportion
than normal to break the dropping trend. This effect is more pronounced if a
flex collar is not used.
• Care should be taken in soft formations (particularly at higher inclinations)
when using a neutral setting. A neutral setting can exhibit a strong drop
tendency. Use of stabilized control collars or enabling IH mode can improve
performance in these scenarios.
• The bit will normally exhibit an "offset", see section 3.4.3 Bit Selection (p.
3-9). This offset, where the assembly will drill in a slightly different direction to
the toolface downloaded is perfectly normal. The offset needs to be taken

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-16 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-16

into consideration when choosing a setting. Previous experience or offset


data will help in estimating the offset to be used at the start of the run but in
general choose a setting 20 to 30 degrees to the left of the required toolface.

Understanding Toolface and Proportion D-Points

TFDS and PRDS are the desired Toolface and proportion D-points.

TF_HI or TF is the measured toolface position.

In normal drilling mode, desired Toolface and proportion are constant values, but
whenever IH mode is activated, these two values are expected to be constantly
changing, showing the current demand settings of the tool.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

In IH mode this setting will change each drilling cycle. This will depend on how
far the current inclination is from the desired value.

Desired toolface is a 6 bit value, so the resolution is 6 degrees per bit.

Desired proportion is a 4 bit value so the resolution is 10% per bit.

The expected ranges for TF_HI are between 0 and 3599, due to a 0.1 degree
resolution.

TF is the measured toolface with a low resolution of 6 bit (enough to monitor RT


response). The low resolution measured toolface has the same resolution as
the desired toolface TFDS, therefore they should track each other on the IDEAL
RSS display.

6.4.1.2 Inclination Hold


An Inclination Hold operating mode is available to help the user to maintain a
constant inclination, where possible, at any azimuth.

Operation

Inclination Hold is activated by a downlink command to the tool. When you are
satisfied that the tool is at the correct inclination for the required wellpath, a
downlink command is sent to the tool, selecting a point on on the Steering Map
along the X-axis with a Bias Percentage of less than or equal to 50% (dependant
on settings available on your steering map).

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-17 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-17

Tip
Inclination Hold mode does not affect azimuth drilling settings. Azimuth
proportion (steering rates) are changed by selecting the desired, preset point
from the Steering Map which conforms to the IH setting requirements and builds
in the correct direction. Build rate is limited to 50%.

As soon as the tool accepts the downlink command as valid it will store
the current inclination value of the tool inclination and switch to Inclination
Hold mode. The inclination is calculated from the gravity field by the 3–axis
accelerometers and is averaged over a number of drilling cycles using a running
average technique. Sampling occurs only during the bias phase of operation,
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

therefore when in this mode, a minimum bias of 15% is used.

Once set at the desired inclination you may monitor the positional data from the
tool using continuous D&I measurements from IDEAL and verify that the drilling
is progressing as required. If adjustments are required you may select to modify
the Inclination Hold parameters or exit Inclination Hold mode and select a point
on the steering map in the normal manner.

Note that when Inclination Hold mode is activated, the reference inclination will
remain constant when new IH settings within the x-axis are downlinked to the
tool. This means that when a user wants to make changes in azimuth while the
tool is already in IH mode, selecting new points between 270º/50% and 90º/50%,
the reference inclination value will not change. In this case, the tool will keep the
value stored in its memory when the IH mode was first activated. To change the
inclination reference, it is necessary to downlink to a point in the map outside the
X-axis between 270º/50% and 90º/50%, and then downlink again to an IH point.

Tip
Bit 10 of RTSTAT is set to 1 when in IH mode.

Nudging Inclination

If you decide that the inclination needs to be adjusted by a small amount


provision has been made to nudge the stored inclination reference value. This is
achieved by sending a downlink command to the tool and selecting one of the
two fixed Inclination Nudge Points. There are two points on the Steering Map,
at 0/100% and 180/100%. By sending a telemetry command selecting the upper
point the stored inclination reference value will be increased by 0.5 degree.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-18 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-18

Similarly, by sending a downlink command to the lower point on the map, the
reference inclination value will be reduced by 0.5 degree. Successive downlink
commands may be applied until the desired inclination is achieved.

Whenever inclination hold mode is not activated, both D-points utilizing nudge
inclination will behave as standard D-points, giving 0º/100% and 180º/100%
steering settings.

Exiting from Inclination Hold Mode

To exit from Inclination Hold mode a downlink command is sent to the tool. This
downlink command must select any point on the Steering Map except nudge
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

points and the points that activate the IH mode in the X-axis.

To exit from Inclination Hold mode a downlink command is sent to the tool. This
downlink command must select any point on the Steering Map .

Tip
Bit 10 of RTSTAT is set to 0 when in normal (not IH) mode.

Operating Mode Functions

In order to use a minimal number of the available points on the Steering Map
some of the points will, if selected by downlinking, perform in different ways
depening upon the current operating mode. The following table summarises
the operation in each mode.

Mode Operation
Normal • Downlink to any point on the Steering Map (except those on
the X-axis with build demands of 50% or less) and select that
point in the normal manner. The nudge points act as ordinary
steer/build points in normal mode.
• Downlink one of the Inclination Hold points to enter Inclination
Hold mode. Inclination will be held at the current tool setting.
Azimuth setting will not be affected.
Inclination Hold • Downlink to any point on the X-axis with build demands of 50%
or less to change azimuth and stay in Inclination Hold mode.
• Downlink to either nudge point to increase or decrease stored
reference inclination and stay in Inclination Hold mode.
• Downlink to any point on the Steering Map (except those
on the X-axis with build demands of 50% or less) to exit
Inclination Hold mode and go into normal mode.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-19 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-19

Software and System Settings

The implementation of Inclination Hold (IH) software requires minor changes


to some established SCB settings and operational practices. These are listed
below:

• The default SCB start up point programmed in the tool at surface must not be
an IH selection point on the steering map (between 270º/50% and 90º/50%).
• The initial start-up survey time is now fixed at 90 seconds to allow the system
to gather sufficient data. Subsequent surveys use the time setting from the
SCB.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

• It is strongly recommended that the survey time be set to 15% of the drilling
cycle time.
• The survey synchronisation time should be set to zero.
• Additional data is both logged and sent to the E-Mag transmitter. This data
may be monitored at the surface from IDEAL. Refer to the Specifications
section of this manual for D-points and unit definitions.

Tip
Whilst the Inclination Hold facility is embedded within the system firmware, the
user may opt not to use this function.

• If IH mode is not required, simply ensure that there are no downlink points
within the SCB which will switch the tool into IH mode, or
• If there are IH points on the steering map, ensure that no downlink telemetry
is sent to select these points.

6.4.1.3 Reaming and Back-Reaming


There are no hard-and-fast RPM limits when reaming. It is important to bear in
mind that the tool life will decrease with higher RPMs, and thus, the risk of a
tool failure, or even catastrophic tool failure, increases with increasing reaming
RPMs. Field experience has shown that rotating off bottom (reaming and back
reaming) very often creates high shocks. Shocks experienced by the tool are
often not well monitored especially if there is no real-time connection.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-20 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-20

MWD/LWD shock sensors are mounted up the string and may not see similar
shock amplitudes due to their different position which may be at a node or be
otherwise dampened. It is recommended to rotate as slow as is practicable to
achieve the necessary hole cleaning effects of reaming.

Advise the client that a conservative approach to reaming is necessary to


prolong the tool life by minimizing abrasion and to avoid high shocks that can
lead to failure.

During reaming operations the drill string has greater freedom of motion as it is
not being constrained by WOB. With the greater freedom of motion comes a
greater potential for suffering shocks. Shock loading of the BHA components
causes harm to Bias Unit and Control Unit hardware and tool joint fatigue, and
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

can lead rapidly to failure. Reaming at low RPMs reduces the energy in the
system decreasing the amplitude and the number of shocks to the tool.

It is important to have a plan for reaming and general shock and stick/slip
mitigation before the job starts so everyone involved is aware of the limitations
and dangers before hand. Having a pre-agreed upon action plan will avoid any
situations at the well site where the client has expectations of doing something
that may compromise tool reliability or performance.

Potential Severity: Serious


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: human, machinery equipment hand tools

Never rotate the string without circulation. This could result in a number of
problems, including packing off the drill-string and premature bearing failure
in the motor.
Remember that with adequate circulation (i.e. when the dump-valve is closed)
the bit is rotating, and therefore potentially drilling; an unwanted side-track can
be initiated at any time. This is particularity true in very soft formations which are
usually drilled without significant differential pressure on the motor.

If reaming is necessary:

1. Run as low a rpm as is practicable.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-21 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-21

Potential Severity: Serious


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: machinery equipment hand tools

When reaming or backreaming with a motor above the tool, keep the surface
rpm below 40 rpm.

2. If there is a perceived need to do a substantial amount of reaming or reaming


at high RPMs, make sure the decision is made with the agreement of internal
management and the client. Ensure the client is aware of the additional
risk incurred by making this decision.
3. Review ID3331186 and ID3287483 discussing using and understanding
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

RT shock from the MWD with a good discussion of vibration mechanisms.


Bear in mind that shocks are more likely to occur in hard formations and/or
abrasive formations.

4. Configure the tool to transmit shock in real-time. Remember that the


MWD/LWD shock levels are not truly representative of the entire BHA. The
MWD/LWD may show nothing while the tool is suffering shock.

6.4.1.4 Drilling out the Casing Shoe and Drilling Through the
Rathole

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: machinery equipment hand tools

At all times, make sure that the flow rate remains above the Control Unit minimum
drilling flow throughout the drilling of the shoe track and shoe and that the flow
rate is sufficient to clean the cuttings out of the hole.

It is preferable to run in the hole with the Control Unit set in neutral or a low
proportion setting. If running PowerV it is not possible to set neutral, in this case
reduce the flow rate.

During the drilling of both the shoe track and the shoe, the flow rate should be at
a reduced rate from the planned drilling flow (5% above the minimum drilling flow
rate of the Control Unit). This reduces the pressure drop across the Bias Unit
seals and limits the degree of contact between the pads and the casing.

The following guidelines for drilling out of the casing shoes and through the
rathole should be followed:

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-22 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-22

• Rotary speed should be limited to approximately 60 rpm while inside the


casing string.
• Increase the rotary speed only when the stabilizer is out of the shoe and into
new formation. When drilling through the casing and larger diameter rathole
the BHA is unconstrained and is susceptible to extremely high shocks. This
can lead to catastrophic hardware failures (i.e. losing parts in the hole).
Manage around this problem by monitoring shocks and keeping RPMs as
low as practicable until the main part of the BHA has entered newly drilled
gauged hole.

Note
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Inclination Hold mode should not be used while drilling out casing shoes. To
perform this operation, the tool can be set in the closest D-point to neutral,
available in the map. For example, it is possible to select 0º/10% instead of
0º/0% which would activate IH.

6.4.1.5 Kicking Off from Vertical


The following points must be consider when kicking off from vertical:

• Select a bit type suitable for the formation to ensure a good rate of
penetration.
• Set the Control Unit to a suitable toolface in magnetic mode, with maximum
(100%) proportion.
• Switch to gravitational mode only once a minimum of 5 degrees of inclination
has been achieved.
• Make any azimuth corrections early, as large changes can be made easily
at low inclination.
• Do not work pipe close to bottom on connections, if it can be prevented, to
avoid wiping out initial build up doglegs.
• A 4 pulse telemetry sequence must be used when switching between
gravitational and magnetic steering. This must be set in the tool prior to
the system going downhole.

6.4.1.6 Sidetracking
The tool can be used to sidetrack a well off a cement plug, either in a vertical or
deviated well. Open hole sidetracks can be performed but more care is needed.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-23 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-23

Refer to InTouch for the latest best practice on sidetracking.

Sidetracking off a Cement plug

• Ensure the cement is of sufficient quality and quantity. Allow the cement plug
adequate time to harden. Take care when tagging the cement plug to avoid
flash setting. Avoid plugging the bit nozzles washing down with a minimal
flow rate until the cement is tagged.
• Consider using a flex joint and a near or full gauge control stabilizer to
maximize the steering response.
• Set the tool to a suitable steer angle with the maximum proportion (100%).
Depending on the existing profile of the hole, either magnetic or gravity
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

steering can be used for the kickoff.


• If the cement plug is firm and able to take weight, attempt to drill off using
normal drilling RPM but controlled ROP. Start slowly and time drill until the
sidetrack becomes established. Monitor the proportion of new formation in
the cuttings before increasing the ROP to normal drilling rates. Patience
is often the key to success.
• If the cement plug remains soft, consider either waiting for the cement to
harden or proceeding with the sidetrack. More care and patience will be
needed in this case. It may be possible to set another cement plug if the
first sidetrack fails.
• After the sidetrack has been initiated and 100% formation is seen in the
cuttings, closely monitor the inclination from the tool to avoid excessive
doglegs.

Open Hole Sidetracks

• The success rate for open hole sidetracks is dependent on the formation
drillability, it may be impossible to sidetrack if the formation is too hard. Hole
inclination also plays an important role. Open hole sidetracks should only be
considered in high inclination holes if the formation is particularly soft.
• Try and choose a sidetrack point with an abrupt change in profile. A good
example is the transition between a rotated interval and an oriented interval
in a section of hole previously drilled with a motor. Consult the parameter
sheets and plot continuous inclination against depth to aid choosing an
appropriate sidetrack point.
• Depending of the formation drillability, an openhole sidetrack can take
anywhere from I hour to over 12 hours to initiate. Patience is vital to ensure
that the initial ledge that is created is maintained and enlarged as the
sidetrack progresses.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-24 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-24

• Set the tool to 100% lowside setting at the start of the sidetrack. Remember
that as the sidetrack progresses the steering pads will not be in contact the
high side of the hole. The side cutting action of the bit, high RPM and the
side force created by gravity are the primary sidetracking mechanisms.
• After the sidetrack has been initiated, closely monitor the inclination from
the tool to avoid excessive doglegs.
• With an open hole sidetrack it is particularly important to carefully ream the
sidetrack transition to ensure it is clear from debris and as smooth as possible.

6.4.1.7 Whipstocks
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

It is not recommended to drill directly off the whipstock unless there is a suitable
length of rat hole to ensure that the Powerdrive is acting against the formation.
Experience has shown that significant damage occurs to the bias unit if the pads
are rotated in contact with the whipstock body.

The following procedure is recommended based on previous run data,

1. Ensure a decent rat hole is obtained with the mill assembly where possible, 3
to 5m minimum is suggested.
2. Ensure mills are in gauge after window milling (ensure they have been
correctly gauged).
3. No rotation with the tool through the window to prevent bit and pad damage
when running in / out hole.
4. Wash through the window without rotation and using low flow to prevent pad
damage. Ensure that no tight spots are encountered.
5. Start drilling with reduced parameters (WOB / RPM) to minimize potential of
localized shocks to the Control Unit (often not seen on the MWD).

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-25 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-25

6.4.2 Optimizing Performance

Tip
It has often been the practice with PowerDrive Xtra tools, when the exact turn
could not be set, to cycle the pumps. By lowering the flow rate below the
minimum, the tool would be reset and go into neutral mode awaiting a telemetry
downlink. However, if the option Steer Cycle During Downlink Window is
selected while programming the SCB file (see section 6.5.1 Downlink Telemetry
(p. 6-44) for more infos), this practice will no longer work effectively. The user
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

should consider downlinking another steering setting or using Inclination Hold.

The steering force from the tool can be varied by changing the flow rate. In
some applications, for example tangent sections, slightly decreasing, or possibly
increasing the flow rate will change the dogleg output and avoid downlinks.
Changing the flow rate may have an effect on hole cleaning so always consult
with the client and toolpusher before changing the flow rate. The flow rate
should never be increased to a point where the bit pressure loss exceeds the
maximum recommended.

Note: Inclination Hold


When drilling tangent sections consider using Inclination Hold.

The effective steering force can also be optimized by increasing the RPM and
decreasing the ROP. This has the effect of increasing the number of times the
pads push every unit length. Care should be taken employing this method if the
formation is particularly soft or the inclination is high.

In particularly soft formations, gravity and the side cutting action of the bit
may be the dominant factor in maintaining directional control. In this instance,
increasing the ROP to the maximum allowed for safe hole cleaning or log quality
may improve directional response. This will reduce the effect of gravity induced
sidecutting.

6.4.3 Abnormal Operations


During any drilling operation, abnormal conditions can occur. Schlumberger
often has little control over these situations. It is very important to keep the client
advised on the possible effects of abnormal conditions on Schlumberger tools
and recommend possible solutions to the problems.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-26 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-26

6.4.3.1 Downhole Shocks


Any instances of downhole shock recorded by the MWD must be investigated
and the drilling parameters altered to remedy the situation where possible, with
rotary speed being varied to change the harmonic resonance frequency. See
section 3.4.17 Downhole Shocks (p. 3-15) for more information about possible
causes of downhole shock and how to reduce it.

6.4.3.2 Stick/Slip
The real-time Dpoint STKSLP_b is not currently implemented for use with
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

PowerDrive X5.

6.4.3.3 Rough Drilling


Rough drilling conditions can occur at any hole angle and in any formation.
Common situations that can cause rough drilling are:

• drilling out cement.


• abrupt changes in formation type or formation hardness, and/or abrasiveness.
• washed out hole.
• drilling in vertical holes.

Shocks and stick/slip are often caused improved or exacerbated by bit choice
and BHA design.

Methods of detecting excessively rough conditions include:

• High shock or stick/slip values from the tool or any other tool in the BHA.
• Excessive wear on the tool stabilizers.
• Asymmetrical or irregular wear on the OD of the collars.
• Erratic surface torque. Although in deep or deviated wells, erratic changes
in surface torque are dampened by the drillstring and are not indicative of
downhole conditions.
• Signal problems as the result of downhole noise. In many cases these
problems are due to high shock or bit problems.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-27 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-27

At the first signs of rough drilling or high shocks, inform the client immediately
and discuss methods to reduce drilling shocks.

It is important to have a plan for general shock and stick/slip mitigation before the
job starts so everyone involved is aware of the limitations and dangers before
hand. Having a pre-agreed upon action plan will avoid any situations at the well
site where the client has expectations of doing something that may compromise
tool reliability or performance.

Read PDT-TIR033 PowerDrive Xtra - Drilling With Extreme Shocks for guidelines
of shock levels. This is available from InTouch at ID 3844976
http://intouchsupport.com/intouch/methodinvokerpage.cfm?caseid=3844976
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Recognizing the problem is part of the battle, making suggestions what to do to


mitigate the shocks is another. InTouch contains various best practices and
documents that can help; Shocks and Drilling Optimization ID 3287483
http://intouchsupport.com/intouch/methodinvokerpage.cfm?caseid=3287483
is one good example. Perform training and expertise is also recommended
where possible.

6.4.3.4 Drill String Vibration/Resonance


There are 3 major vibration generation mechanisms:

1. Resonance: The string is rotated at a natural frequency of the string, this


occurs at specific rotary speeds and is countered by changing RPM.
2. Whirl: Several forms of whirl exist:

• Synchronous Forward Whirl: the whirl rate is such that it keeps the
same point of the drill-string on the bore-hole wall, resulting in uniform
wear on drill string components. It is evidenced by higher than anticipated
torque requirements. The solution is to stop rotating and change RPM.
• Backwards Whirl: eccentric motion of the center of mass in the opposite
direction to the direction of rotation. Fatigue results but should not be a
major problem until wall contact occurs, then, if the formation has a high
coefficient of friction, chaotic whirl will result.
• Chaotic Whirl: if the drill-string hits with enough force on the bore-hole
wall and it has a high coefficient of friction (e.g. sandstone, limestone and
casing) the string will bounce off in the opposite direction to the rotation,
and may make subsequent impacts. These are typically very high energy

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-28 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-28

and cause significant damage. They will not stop when the RPM is
changed and typically result in high downhole shock and high and erratic
surface torque. During this washouts and twist offs can occur.
Avoid pendulum assemblies and long spans between stabilizers, make
the string stiffer, reduce WOB. Stop the drill-string, pull off bottom and
ensure the driller goes back to bottom smoothly.

3. Slip/Stick: Predominantly a bit phenomenon typically caused by having a bit


that is too aggressive for the formation. Evidenced by high torsional shocks
and erratic torque though the mean torque should not be higher. Check if
stick/slip is bit induced by comparing stick/slip on bottom v’s off-bottom. If the
stick/slip is bit induced, the solution is to decrease WOB and increase RPM.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

6.4.3.5 Stuck Pipe


If the string is stuck, the client will want to try and free it as soon as possible. The
longer it is stuck, the less chance there is of freeing it.

The client can try to free it in several ways. Each method can affect downhole
tools.

• Jarring — as soon as the pipe is stuck, the driller will probably begin to use
the jars. Jar impacts can damage electronics in the PowerDrive tool.
• Pumping special additives — Pipe Lax, Black Magic, and other mud
additives usually do not pose a problem. If the client wants to pump LCM,
(refer to the PowerPulse UOP for LCM limitations. If the client wants to pump
acid, inform your FSM immediately and advise the client of the potential cost.
• Backing off — using explosive back offs can seriously damage Schlumberger
tools. Advise the client to locate the shot at least one joint away from the top
of the uppermost Schlumberger collar.
• Fishing — make sure that the client has an exact fishing diagram of all
Schlumberger equipment in the hole.

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: machinery equipment hand tools

DO NOT just give the tool fishing diagram from this UOP. The fishing diagram
supplied to the client must be actual measured values and not the nominal
values presented in the UOP.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-29 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-29

• Cementing — there are no radioactive sources in the tool that would interfere
with cementing and abandoning the tool in the hole.

6.4.3.6 H2 S
Only engineers trained for H2S operations are permitted to work in H2S
environment. Be sure all safety equipment is available, tested and properly used.

If drilling occurs in an H2S environment, it is important to let the client know how
this can affect Schlumberger equipment. Embrittlement of metal, pitting and
cracking are all side effects of H2S. Generally clients try to keep H2S content in
the mud under control by using scavengers. Signs that the H2S content in mud is
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

too high include:

• H2S release from the mud (ensure breathing apparatus is available if this
risk is significant).
• pH below 10 (as per API RP 7G).
• Pitting and blackening of Schlumberger collars.

If any of these signs appear, inform the client and discuss H2S control techniques
such as pH control and the addition of scavengers. This may present a problem
for other additives and polymers in the mud. If so the client and mud engineer
must decide on what to do.

Other precautions that must be taken when working in an H2S environment


include:

• Inspect collars and tools carefully when they come out of the hole for signs of
cracking, excessive pitting or damage. If any are found, do not rerun the tool.
• Use dye penetrant tests every job to check for cracks.
• Increase maintenance frequency in accordance with local experience.

6.4.3.7 Taking a Kick


If a well takes a kick and is shut in, be sure that you are available to the driller
in case any questions about Schlumberger equipment comes up. If the client
decides to pump LCM to control a zone, refer to the next section and to the
PowerPulse UOP for MWD tolerances, and section 2.3 Specifications (p. 2-17)
for LCM tolerances.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-30 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-30

6.4.3.8 Pumping LCM


If the rig is having trouble controlling losses in the well, the client may decide to
pump LCM. LCM can jam or plug our equipment so the following guidelines
must be followed.

• Avoid large sizes of material (refer to section 2.3 Specifications (p. 2-17) and
the PowerPulse UOP for LCM limitations).
• Mix thoroughly.
• Control the pump rate until the LCM is through Schlumberger tools.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

• If possible, clean LCM from mud at surface to avoid recirculation.

6.4.4 Monitoring Operations

6.4.4.1 RSS Displays


Figure 6-1 RSS Tool Face Display is an example of the RSS Tool Face Display.
Refer to 6.4.4.2 Dpoint Interpretation (p. 6-31) and for descriptions of the values
displayed. The values on the RSS Tool Face Display are taken from the TFDS,
PRDS and TF dpoints.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-31 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-31
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Figure 6-1: RSS Tool Face Display

Note
The TDFS is displayed by the green arrow on the RSS Display while the TF is
shown by the white arrow and the series of white dots. PRDS is only displayed
numerically.

6.4.4.2 Dpoint Interpretation


Table 6-2 gives examples of Dpoints which are available along with an
explanation of the events and expected Dpoints on the HSPM demodulation
screen.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-32 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-32

Table 6-2: Dpoints Interpretation. Some dpoints available in frame builder were not included
here since they are not usually placed on the MWD RT frames.

Dpoints available, respective units, scales and Events and expected dpoints on the HSPM
descriptions. demodulation screen.
Dpoints Units Scale Desc. No com. No com. Sonde Sonde Good
available between between seed timeout com.
receiver Receiver (expected
and and CU values)
MWD
*INCL_b º 0.05 Inclination 4095 3838 3581 or 3324 or 0 to 1800
4093 4092 up to 90 º
*INCLQ_b º 0.8 Inclination Quality (standard 15 14 13 12 0
deviation)
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

AZIM_LO_b º 0.4 Azimuth - Low resolution 1023 766 0 to 899


*AZIMQ_b º 1.6 Azimuth Quality (standard 15 14 13 12 0
deviation)
*RTSTAT_b -- -- Real Time Control Unit Status 4095 3838 3581 or 3324 or 0
bits 4093 4092
*SHKRSK_b -- -- Shock risk 3 2 1 0 0 to 3
*STEER_b -- -- Steer control setting (SCB code) 255 254 253 252 or 13 SCB code
STKSLP_b -- -- Stick/Slip amplitude and n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
frequency.
(not currently available in PDX5)
*TF_HI_b º 0.1 Measured tool face in borehole 4095 3838 3581 or 3324 or 0 to 3599
context 4093 4092
TF_b º 6 Measured tool face (MTF or 63 62 61 60 0 to 60
GTF) - low resolution
*PRDS_b % 10 Demand proportion 15 14 13 12 0 to 10
*TFDS_b º 6 Demand toolface 63 62 61 60 0 to 60
SIG_b -- -- "Shop receiver signal strength" 4095 3838 3581 or 3324 or 0 to 255
4093 4092
SIG_LO_b -- -- "Shop receiver signal strength 63 62 61 60 0 to 3
- lo resolution"
SIGQ_b -- -- "Shop receiver status bits" 15 14 13 12 0 to 15
GRAV_b cps GR Gamma ray CPS average 127 126 125 124 0 to 127
exp.
GRUP_b cps GR Gamma ray CPS Up 127 126 125 124 0 to 127
exp.
GRLF_b cps GR Gamma ray CPS Left 127 126 125 124 0 to 127
exp.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-33 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-33

Dpoints available, respective units, scales and Events and expected dpoints on the HSPM
descriptions. demodulation screen.
Dpoints Units Scale Desc. No com. No com. Sonde Sonde Good
available between between seed timeout com.
receiver Receiver (expected
and and CU values)
MWD
GRDN_b cps GR Gamma ray CPS Down 127 126 125 124 0 to 127
exp.
GRRT_b cps GR Gamma ray CPS Right 127 126 125 124 0 to 127
exp.

(Azim and Azim_LO) , (TF_HI and TF), (SIG and SIG_LOW) highlighted in the
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

grey boxes are derived from the same outputs, with the ones on the right side
having less number of bits and generated on the LTB modem.

* Indicates data generated by the CU.

6.4.4.3 Monitoring E-Mag Link Data


The data reported by the tool is mapped to Dpoints and displayed within IDEAL.
Section shows these in detail, giving the ranges, units etc. of the parameters
monitored. The experienced field user will be able to monitor the data transmitted
from the tool and use this to assess the drilling conditions. This section is a basic
guide to what is likely to be seen during operations.

1. Inclination (INCL-b) and Azimuth (AZIM_B) — Readout in degrees.


2. G (GT_b) and B (BT_b)—G and B readouts in mG and nT respectively.
3. RTSTAT_b — This readout is a composite 12–bit number made up of a
number of flag bits, as follows,

Bit Name Comment


(reserved for Stick/slip)
0 Not Used
Hex = 001 / Decimal = 1
0 = Gravity 1 = Magnetic (Inverse of downlink!).
1 SteerMode
Hex = 002 / Decimal = 2
(reserved for Hi-temp)
2 Not Used
Hex = 004 / Decimal = 4
Magnitude of Bxy too low for roll estimation.
3 BxyLow
Hex = 008 / Decimal = 8
(reserved for ReverseCollar)
4 Not used
Hex = 010 / Decimal = 16

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-34 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-34

Bit Name Comment


(reserved for Overspeed)
5 Not used
Hex = 020 / Decimal = 32
Pos-sumsaturated Set when PositionSum exceeds normal range.
6
Hex = 040 / Decimal = 64
Not used (reserved for Valve Seized)
7
Hex = 080 / Decimal = 128
Logmemoryfull Set when log memory is full.
8
Hex = 100 / Decimal = 256
Downlink in Progress Set when receiving downlink.
9
Hex = 200 / Decimal = 512
IHmode IH flag set when in IH mode.
10
Hex = 400 / Decimal = 1024
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Bit11 Not used.


11
Hex = 800 / Decimal = 2048

4. Steering Setting (STEER_b) — The CU will transmit the current steer


setting of the tool. This is not a readout in degrees, but a composite value
representing build/turn index and gravity/magnetic mode. After the tool has
been initialized (and before any downlink has been sent to the tool), the tool
will send a default of 162. Once a successful downlink has been made, the
new value will replace the default setting. On subsequent power up cycles,
only the current setting will be transmitted.

Note
PowerDrive Xtra will send the 162 default for the first survey whereas
PowerDrive X5 will send the last received downlink setting.

5. Demand Toolface (TFDS_b) — This Dpoint is used in conjunction with


PRDS_b and defines the toolface setting. Resolution is 6 degrees.
6. Demand Proportion (PRDS_b) — This Dpoint is used in conjunction with
TFDS_b and defines the demand setting. Resolution is 10%.
7. Inclination (INCLQ_b) and Azimuth Quality (AZIMQ_b) — This displays
the standard deviation of the averaged Inclination and Azimuth values. The
larger the value the more scatter on the sample. This does not necessarily
mean that the survey is inaccurate, although this might be the case. It may
indicate that the:

• Control Unit is unstable


• Control Unit is in neutral mode (0%) and the survey was taken whilst
the CU was rolling

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-35 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-35

• BHA is vibrating, bumping etc.


A smooth survey would have a reading of 10 to 30. A rough one may have
readings of 80 or more .
8. Shock Risk (SHKRSK_b) — A flag is set depending upon the measure
number of shock counts. There are four levels of shock risk:

Shock Risk Level Shock per Minute


0 shocks per minute < 30
1 30 < shocks per minute < 300
2 300 < shocks per minute < 3000
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

3 shocks per minute > 3000

The shock threshold level is set at 50g, therefore a shock has to be greater
than 50g to be registered.
9. Stick/slip (STKSLP_b )

Note
Stick Slip is currently not implemented for PowerDrive X5.

This is a measure of the amplitude and frequency of stick/slip. The tool


calculates an average collar speed over four 32–second intervals and uses
this as a threshold. The two parameters show by how much the average
collar speed increased and how many times this occured during a single
32–second interval.
SS_AMPL
00 = 0 Average <= 25%
01 = 1 25% < Average <= 50%
10 = 2 50% < Average <= 100%
11 = 3 100% < Average
SS_FREQ
00 = 0 Average <= 1/8
01 = 1 1/8 < Average <= 1/2
10 = 2 1/2 < Average <= 1
11 = 31 < Average
10. Signal Quality (SIGQ_b) — This is an indication of the quality (or
completeness) of the data from the CU as seen by the Receiver. This is a
4-bit binary value, where each bit represents a particular function.
Bit 3 =No carrier (numeric value 0 or 8)

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-36 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-36

Bit 2 = No complete byte received (numeric value 0 or 4)


Bit 1 = Noisy data or sync signal (numeric value 0 or 2)
Bit 0 = Checksum incorrect (numeric value 0 or 1)
Therefore,
(8+4+0+1) = 13 This indicates nothing being received, so perhaps it is out of
range or the transmitter is not working.
(0+0+2+1) = 3 This indicates noisy data.
(0+0+0+1) = 1 This indicates some corruption in the data stream.
(0+0+0+0+0) = 0 This indicated a perfect message!
11. Signal Strength (SIG_LO_b and SIGLO_b) — This is a number
representing the received signal strength from the CU. The higher the value
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

the stronger the signal. Typically this will range from around 40 to 110. The
SIGLO_b parameter is a low resolution version of SIG_LO_b.
12. Platform Toolface — This is the roll position of the CU during the stable
part of the drilling cycle. This is not the steering toolface angle, although
it is related to it.

6.4.4.4 Drilling Parameters


Tool-life will be maximized by increasing the weight on the bit rather than RPM
where increased ROP is required.

Directional performance may be maximized by increasing the RPM, this


effectively increasing the pad actuation’s per unit length.

6.4.4.5 Flow Rates, Temperatures and Pressures


Any increases in pressure should be recorded immediately and the flow rate cut
back until the reason for the pressure increase are established. An increase in
pressure due to a blocked bit nozzle would put a significantly higher pressure
across the Bias Unit seals, which may result in premature system failure.

If required to run the tool at the maximum specified flowrate the exact pump
output of the mud pumps should be established!

6.4.4.6 Toolface Offsets and Phase Shifts


The tool may exhibit some degree of toolface offset during a run. This may be
caused in a number of ways:

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-37 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-37

• Bit—type and profile.


• Formation trends that need to be overcome.
• Bit stick/slip and the ability and speed by which the Control Unit can stabilize.
• General wear on internal components.

Resultant toolface and toolface offset should be monitored and recorded using
PowerPlan and settings compensated accordingly.

6.4.4.7 Formations
As with any rotary drilling system, the formation type plays a major role in
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

directional response and performance. Any changes of formation should


therefore be noted on the drilling sheet for both real time reference as well as
post-run analysis.

Bit selection should be made carefully to allow optimum drilling whilst maintaining
toolface stability.

A reduction in RPM when encountering hard stringer boundaries will preserve


both bit and Bias Unit pad life.

Care should be taken in soft formation, particularly at higher inclinations, when


using a neutral setting. A neutral setting can exhibit a strong drop tendency.
When using a standard downlink the tool is always in a neutral setting after the
pumps are cycled or after the first pulse of a downlink sequence is detected. The
tool remains in a neutral setting during the downlink sequence which can be
as much as 20 minutes. In such situations it can be advisable to avoid drilling
ahead until the tool has reverted to the desired setting. Use of stabilized control
collars can reduce the drop tendency.

6.4.4.8 Mud Pumps and Pulsation Dampeners


Pump noise does not interfere with the operation of the tool directly, however,
it can be a problem when shallow hole testing the system and obtaining MWD
survey data – particularly continuous D&I.

Pulsation dampener pre-charge pressure should be checked and corrective


action made where necessary.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-38 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-38

6.4.4.9 Mud Data


The condition of the mud should be monitored at all times. Any changes to
mud density should be recorded, with the pressure drop across the bit being
recalculated – particularly when operating the tool close to its limitations.

Sand Control

High sand and solids content can cause excessive wash on tool components.
Any reports indicating an increasing background trend, or content greater than
1% should be recorded and acted on immediately.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Maximum sand content should not exceed 1%.

The sand content of the mud affects the seals within the bias unit and a high
content will shorten seal life dramatically.

Metallic Particles

It is important to ensure that there are no metallic particles in the mud system as
this can adversely effect the real-time link performance. If necessary magnetic
filters should be used to remove magnetic debris.

Lost Circulation Material (LCM)

The tool does not prevent any type of LCM being pumped through the bit nozzles.
However some forms of LCM may prevent further operation of the system.

• Ensure any LCM to be added to the mud is well mixed and added at low
concentrations.
• Any LCM has the potential to block the filter assembly.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-39 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-39

6.4.5 Gamma Sensor — Setup and Data Display

6.4.5.1 HSPM — Real Time Frame Configuration

Real Time Frame Setup

In order to set up the RT frame, run HSPM’s Frame Builder following normal
procedure. You will need to define a custom frame and save it to your frame
library. The following list identifies key settings which pertain to the PowerDrive
X5 RT Gamma.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

When selecting the MWD tool, the following Tool versions are acceptable:

Tool Versions
PowerPulse V7.0 or V8.0 dpoints
IMPulse V7.0 or V8.0 dpoints
SLIMPulse Not supported

You will need to construct a custom frame consisting of the desired dpoints
from the MWD and LWD tools. The PowerDrive X5 dpoints do not exist in any
standard frames.

Under BHA tool selection; If using PowerPulse, select the SRD Rotary Steerable
tool. If using IMPulse, select the PD4 tool.

Framebuilder — Build Menu

In the repeating frame, add the PDX5 gamma dpoints as desired. There are 5
possible values, available in field mode:

• GRAV_b — Overall gamma (counts / sec).


• GRDN_b — Gamma counts down quadrant (counts / sec).
• GRLF_b — Gamma counts left quadrant (counts / sec).
• GRRT_b — Gamma counts right quadrant (counts / sec).
• GRUP_b — Gamma counts up quadrant (counts / sec).

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-40 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-40

Note
Any of the dpoints may be selected in the frame and plotted in Ideal. However, in
order to obtain an image, all four quadrants must be collected.

6.4.5.2 Using the Gamma Data


To be able to transmit Gamma Ray data, it is extremely important to program
the control unit with a drilling cycle and interval between surveys above 180
seconds (3 minutes). The use of IDEAL version 9.1 and above is necessary for
environmental corrections to be applied to the GR measurements and proper
conversion to API units.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Note
The calibration procedure for the PDX5 gamma sensor has recently been
changed and tools calibrated to this new procedure will be corrected for the tool
size. No further corrections need to be applied in IDEAL for these tools. Tools
calibrated using the previous procedure will not be tool size corrected and the
following correction factors will be required in IDEAL:

• PD475 = x 2.0
• PD675 = x 3.5
• PD900 = x 9.0

Since the resolution will be significantly lower, these tools should not be used
on jobs where gamma will be a chargeable service.

These values are set and checked with the blanket in the flow loop test procedure.

PDX5 output is in CPS, but fairly close to API. IDEAL applies the Borehole
corrections which account for variations in borehole diameter, drilling fluid, barite,
and minor differences in tool diameters. An additional note is that the tool
compresses the counts into a 7 bit log scale format before RT transmission.
IDEAL decompresses these back into a linear format before making them
available. The following tables provide more information.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-41 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-41

Table 6-3: IDEAL Version 9.0 Gamma Data

D-point DATPID (RSS) DATPID (PD475) IDEAL Name WITS Name


(non BHC) (non BHC)
GRAV 3222 4122 PD_GRAV PDGRAV
GRUP 3223 4123 PD_GRUP PDGRUP
GRLF 3224 4124 PD_GRLF PDGRLF
GRDN 3225 4125 PD_GRDN PDGRDN
GRRT 3226 4126 PD_GRRT PDGRRT

Table 6-4: IDEAL Version 9.1 Gamma Data. If manual corrections are to be done from
Version 9.0 data, they should be done on WITS PDGRAV values If done on the DATPID, the
un-compression algorithm needs to be applied.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Dpoint DATPID DATPID IDEAL Name IDEAL Name WITS Name


(RSS) (PD475) (non BHC) (with BHC) (non BHC)
GRAV 3222 4122 PD_GRAV PD_GRAV_BHC PDGRAV
GRUP 3223 4123 PD_GRUP PD_GRUP_BHC PDGRUP
GRLF 3224 4124 PD_GRLF PD_GRLF_BHC PDGRLF
GRDN 3225 4125 PD_GRDN PD_GRDN_BHC PDGRDN
GRRT 3226 4126 PD_GRRT PD_GRRT_BHC PDGRRT

where:

• DAPT ID (RSS) These are PDX5 gamma data received by HSPM in


compressed format, but with tool gain applied. They are only available when
using PowerPulse.
• DAPT ID (PD475) These are the identical gamma data received by HSPM as
in DATP ID (RSS), but are only available when using IMPulse.
• IDEAL Name (non BHC) This is the data after it is un-compressed by IDEAL.
• IDEAL Name (with BHC) As the name implies, this is the data after IDEAL
applies Borehole corrections.
• WITS Name (non BHC) Currently only the non BHC data is available to
WITS. This will be need to be made available in an IDEAL update.

Display of the Gamma Traces

In IDEAL, the Gamma traces may be displayed in 4 general ways:

• Time log
• Depth log

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-42 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-42

• Individual channel boxes


• Image.

In order to display the Gamma curves graphical log format, run RtLog from a
folder on the Desktop called Ideal Real Time Toolbox. Gamma ray log formats
are also available within Ideal presentation manager and Ideal finisher.

Display of Individual Channel Values

In order to display Gamma numerical values in individual boxes, run ‘Digital


Display’ from the folder on the Desktop called Ideal Real Time Toolbox. Select
the desired Gamma channels and arrange the display as desired.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Display of Individual Gamma Image

The gamma image operates in a manner similar to the RAB image process.

To playback the Gamma Image where values correspond to colors, run ‘Ideal
Finisher’ from a folder on the Desktop called Ideal Real Time Toolbox. Select
the desired Gamma channels.

NOTE: Any of the dpoints may be selected in the frame and plotted in Ideal.
However, in order to obtain an image, all 4 of the quadrants are required to
be collected.

The display will vary the color of the Gamma channels in a spectrum that
corresponds from low to high Gamma values. The maximum and minimum
values may be chosen to correspond to the expected Gamma range.

When the Control Unit is stationary, or not rotating, through one complete drilling
cycle, Gamma counts will only appear in one quadrant. The other 3 quadrants
will be white in color.

Recording of HSPM Data for QA

For QA purposes as feed back to engineering, the serial stream of data from
HSPM to Ideal can be recorded for later playback. This process consumes a lot
of memory, so it is recommended to be done only during key events or where
a suspected problem exists. In order to record HSPM data stream of dpoints
into a log file, perform the following:

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-43 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-43

Using the Windows Start Menu, select: Programs> HSPM >Utility >HSPMDLL
Recorder.

This will pop up the HSPM DLL recorder menu. Push the ‘Start Recording’ button
to begin the recording process. After the desired recording time, push the ‘Stop
Recording’ button to end the recording process.

A set of files are created in HSPMDLLDATA directory. The files are large on the
hard drive: over 1 Megabyte per hour. They can be compressed to less than 1%
of original using a standard compression tool. It is recommend that you record a
few hours of this when data is good in one set, and a few hours if data is bad
or questionable.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

6.4.5.3 Shorthop Test Box


The Shorthop test box, used to test the E-Mag transmitter, can display the
Gamma d-points which are received by its antenna.

Using the Test Box to Monitor Tool Functioning during SHT

While running PowerDrive in kelly rigs or whenever it is not possible to perform


an SHT with PowerDrive below MWD due to space constraints, using a short-hop
test box can help monitor that the tool is functioning on the rig floor. In several
instances, PowerDrive short hop functioning could not be tested due to the
length of PowerDrive and MWD together, since it is necessary to have the control
collar below the rotary table. This consequently affects the eletromagnetic signal
exchanged between the control unit and the receiver. To overcome this problem,
PowerDrive can be tested in a standalone mode above the rotary table using a
control unit test box with a 5 to 10 meter long BNC to BNC cable. This allows
DDs to monitor the data being transmitted by the tool in Real Time (D&I, RT
Status word, etc.) It is important to mention that these boxes have an internal
battery and can be run without power supply cables, but there still may be
intrinsic safety approval problems, and a work permit might need to be issued on
the rig. Antenna cables are normally an off-the-shelf item and could be sourced
locally. A long cable would allow the test box to be kept inside the dog house,
thus only requring that the small antenna be carried to the rig floor.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-44 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-44

6.5 Downlinking (Telemetry)


In order to communicate with the tool whilst it is drilling, the user is able to send
new settings to the tool by lowering and raising the mud flow rate in a defined
sequence. These coded pulses are detected by the tool and the new steering
setting is activated.

In order to detect the data that has been downlinked, the control unit detects the
change in impeller speed corresponding to the change in flow rate. Pressure is
not measured by the downhole tool.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

6.5.1 Downlink Telemetry


Downlink telemetry is achieved by lowering and raising the mud flow rate
to specific values for specific time periods. When programming PDX5 with
Toolscope version 9.2_08 and above, a new feature is available where the user
can decide in which mode (steering mode or neutral mode) the tool should
remain while downlinking. See Figure 6-2 Downlink Parameter Update Screen.

Figure 6-2: Downlink Parameter Update Screen

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-45 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-45

The PDX5 Downlink At Start Settings panel allows you to choose from two
options:

• 4 RPM During Downlink Window.


• Steer Cycle During Downlink Window

Through this selection you choose the mode in which the tool will remain while a
downlink command is being performed.

Downlink telemetry can take place at any time during drilling except during
power-up survey. For downlinking with the PowerDrive X5 the tool behaves in
the following way:
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

• Downlink (DL) is enabled only after power-up (need to bring pump flow rate
below the minimum telemetry flow), and must be initiated within a time
window.
• The window length can be configured.
• If DL first falling edge IS seen within the time window, window is extended
until DL is complete or terminates through its normal method
• If DL falling edge is NOT seen within the time window, then DL is disabled
from the close of the window until the next power cycle.
• Both set upper torquer (UT) to 50% during the window or DL process.

Note
It is not recommended to use the option Steer Cycle During Downlink
Window while running PDX5 in 475 sizes. Tool response might be unpredictable
and SHPC should be contacted to assess the risk.

When the RPM During Downlink Window is selected the sequence is as follows:

Table 6-5: Start up time summary — RPM During Downlink Window sequence

RPM Time (sec) Total (mm:ss)


Start Mud pumps 00:00
Idle 0 30
00:30
Survey 0 90
02:00
Telemetry Window 4.0 240

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-46 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-46

RPM Time (sec) Total (mm:ss)


Telemetry filter 4.0 54
delay
06:54
Drilling cycle 16 (Slew C-CW Collar) 180 (repeating)

When the Steer Cycle During Downlink Window is selected the sequence is as
follows;

Table 6-6: Start up time summary — Steer Cycle During Downlink Window sequence

RPM Time (sec) Total (mm:ss)


PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Start Mud pumps 00:00


Idle 0 30
00:30
Survey 0 90
02:00
Telemetry Window 16 - Steer 240
Telemetry filter 16 - Steer 54
delay
06:54
Drilling cycle 16 (Slew C-CW Collar) 180 (repeating)

6.5.1.1 General Downlink Procedure


In order to communicate with the tool whilst it is drilling, a series of pulses are
sent from the surface by lowering and raising the mud flow rate.

To detect the downlink data, electronic circuits inside the Control Unit detect the
change in impeller rotational speeds caused by lowering and raising the mud
flow rate. In order to distinguish between minor flow fluctuations and real data,
the normal flow rate must be reduced by at least 20%. However, the flow rate
must not go below the minimum telemetry flow rate. This value is determined
in the OST described in the Maintenance Manual. It should be supplied to the
job with the tool’s data sheet.

6.5.1.2 Downlink Data


When programming the System Control Block (SCB) several parameters are
used to define how the downlink data is sent and what it will mean to the tool.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-47 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-47

Flow Rates and Times

The SCB used to program the tool defines the parameters for each downlink
pulse,

• maximum and minimum pulse width times


• digit time.

Note
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Digit time is defined from the normal and low flow rate values together with the
rising and falling time constants.

The rise and fall times are measured from the performance of the mud pumps
and the length of the drill string. It can be appreciated that if the flow is suddenly
changed at the surface there will be some delay before this new flow rate
appears at the bottom of the hole. This delay will affect the downlink data and is
accounted for in the digit time calculation.

Navigation Table

The SCB programmed into a tool prior to going downhole holds a Navigation
Table. This consists of 81 settings arranged in a matrix. It is these values that
may be selected using downlink telemetry by transmitting just two co-ordinates to
define the position within the table that holds the new settings. This data may be
represented graphically as a Navigation Map.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-48 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-48

Tip
A number of the points on the Navigation Table or Map are used to initiate
Inclination Hold mode. Refer to section 6.4.1.2 Inclination Hold (p. 6-16) for more
information on Inclination Hold mode.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Figure 6-3: Sample Navigation Map

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-49 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-49

Navigation Mode

The tool may be operated in either Magnetic or Gravity mode—depending


upon the type of attitude sensors being used. It is possible to change which
sensors are used to calculate the system’s position by downlink telemetry, but
the system must have been programmed to receive it. This is referred to as
’4–pulse telemetry’.

Often, changing the steering mode during a run is not required, and setting the
system to run, for example, in just gravity mode is preferred. This is referred to
as using ’3–pulse telemetry’ and has the advantage of shorter telemetry times.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

6.5.1.3 Data Format


An example of the data sent to the tool is shown below in Figure 6-5. This
uses the example SCB described previously which defines the parameters
for digit times. It may be useful to print the Driller’s Command Sheet. This is
an illustration of the timing that the driller would use to control the pumps to
implement the downlink.

Figure 6-4 Driller’s Command Sheet (new model) shows a typical Driller’s
Command Sheet.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-50 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-50
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Figure 6-4: Driller’s Command Sheet (new model)

The example shows the downlink data that will change the current setting of
the tools to:

1 Build data = 3

2 Steer data = 5

3 Navigation Mode = 1 (Gravity)

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-51 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-51

Figure 6-5: Downlink Data

The steer and build values for the above downlink data set correspond to 23
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

/60%, refer to the Navigation Table.

It can be appreciated that data nearer the origin of the Navigation Table
(co-ordinates 0,0) will require less downlink time than data at the far end of the
Navigation Table (co-ordinates 8,8).

Tip: Troubleshooting missing downlinks


The upper torquer is pushed to 100 % in the survey period, before the start of
the telemetry window. During this initial interval, the rpm is reduced due to the
load applied, but once the system reduces the load to 50% (telemetry window),
there is a sudden increase in RPM and the first pulse is expected right after it.
Due to these changes in RPM, instances have been seen where the first pulse
was not properly recognized by the tool. To overcome this problem, waiting a
little longer (1/2 of a digit time) before sending the first pulse to the tool may
help on the stabilization of the torquer RPM and consequently the first pulse is
recognized . Another troubleshooting item for missing pulses is to rotate the
string while downlinking. Since the collar rotates in the same direction as the
upper torquer, this action will decrease the load requested by the torquer and
also help to recognize the first pulse.

6.5.2 Calculation of RTC and FTC


Reliable downlinking requires a good knowledge of the behavior and
characteristics of the rig equipment and the mud. These factors will affect the
digit time. The procedure outlined below can be used to calculate the RTC
(Rising Time constant) and FTC (Falling Time Constant) which in turn lead to
the digit time. This procedure only needs to be done once and the digit time
entered into the SCB prior to the run.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-52 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-52

Often the tool will be sent to the rig pre-assembled and with the SCB already
loaded. Knowledge of the rig and drilling conditions from previous jobs has
enabled the digit time to be estimated and downloaded into the tools before they
are sent to the rig. This is a perfectly acceptable practice.

To calculate the required ‘Digit’ time for the downlink telemetry sequence, the
response rate of the mud pumps must be determined.

The Rising and Falling Time Constants (RTC / FTC), are the speed at which
the mud flow reacts to changes of the mud pumps controls. It can vary greatly
depending on the pump type, presence of ‘soft start’ systems, BHA, depth of the
hole (MD / TVD) and the mud rheology.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Calculations need to be made with a drilling assembly in the hole, preferably the
BHA in use prior to the run.

Requirements

• A Stop watch
• 20 minutes of “rig” time.
• The upper telemetry (maximum / drilling) flow e.g. 500 gpm
• Calculate 60% of the difference between the upper and lower telemetry flow
e.g. (500 – 340) x 0.6 = 96
FT flow (500 – 96) = 404 gpm
RT flow (340 + 96) = 436 gpm

Procedure

Using the above figures.

1. Set pumps to 500 gpm (Upper flow) – Record SPT and mark pump control
2. Set pumps to 436 gpm (RT flow) – Record SPT only
3. Set pumps to 404 gpm (FT flow) – Record SPT only
4. Set pumps to 340 gpm (Lower flow) – Record SPT and mark pump control
5. With pump at 340 gpm, start the stopwatch as the pumps are turned up to the
upper flow (500 gpm - pre-marked dial). Record time for the SPT to climb to
that recorded at 436 gpm – (e.g. 28 seconds). This figure is the RTC.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-53 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-53

6. With pump now at 500 gpm, start the stopwatch as the pumps are turned
down to the lower flow (340 gpm – pre-marked dial). Record time for the
SPT to drop to that recorded at 404 gpm – (e.g. 21 seconds). This figure
is the FTC.

These figures are used for downwards telemetry calculations, found under
‘DOWN TELEMETRY’ under the PowerDrive Program manager.

The required ‘Digit’ time or duration of pulse size can be calculated to give the
best threshold. Consideration should be made to prevent the use of overly long
digit times if they are not required as impact on the overall length of the telemetry
sequence.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

6.5.3 Downlinking Procedure


The following outlines the procedures for setting up and sending the initial
telemetry, including establishing the pump settings:

1. Stop drilling. Pick-up off bottom and reduce rotary speed as required.
2. Establish flow rates and mark pumps:

a. Set pumps to the upper flow rate for the telemetry pulse (normally the
drilling flow rate). Record and mark pump dials.
b. Set pumps to the lower flow rate for the telemetry pulse (as established
during CU programming). Record and mark pump dials.
3. Record the time, depth and objective of the setting (useful for post-run
analysis).
4. Instruct the driller to stage the pumps up to the upper telemetry flow rate as
quickly as allowable, following standard ‘good drilling’ practices.Start the
stopwatch when the pressure passes the threshold pressure.

Note
When full circulating flow and pressure is established the driller can return to
bottom and continue drilling.

5. Follow the timing sequence laid out in the ‘Driller Command Sheet’. Operate
pump controls swiftly to ensure sharp pulse definition.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-54 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-54

6.5.4 Confirmation of Downlink


If the E-Mag link is being used, the Control Unit steering setting, STEER (as
seen at the bottom of the Driller’s Control Sheet) will be a number consisting of
3 points. These are mode, build index, turn index
Bx/Tx/Mx
where x is a number.

On the IDEAL system this will be reported as a single number. The reported
number (between 0 and 161) is converted to the build and turn indices as follows,

e.g. Number reported to IDEAL = 125


PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

1. Divide by 81 i.e. 125/81=1.5432……. Take the integer value of the answer. If


the answer is >1 the mode is Gravity. If answer is <1 the mode is magnetic.
2. Subtract from reported number (mode x 81), i.e. 125 – (1 x 81) = 44
3. Divide result by 9, i.e. 44 / 9 = 4.88888…. Take the integer value of the
answer, i.e. 4. This represents the Build Index.
4. From the value calculated in 2, subtract (build index x 9), i.e. 44 – (4 x 9) =
8. This represents the Turn Index.
5. Therefore, the reported number 125 represents,
Mode 1 (gravity), Build Index = 4, Turn Index = 8

The calculated value should match the mode, build and turn values at the bottom
of the Driller’s Command sheet or the values programmed into the SCB.

6.6 Decision to Pull Out of the Hole


Many reasons may justify pulling out of hole, these may include, but are not
limited to:

• The inclination or azimuth data indicates that the BHA is not responding as
required while steering, with little or no effect to settings sent to it.
• The downhole temperature is higher than the tool specification.
• The risk of stuck pipe becomes too high—the client preferring to retrieve
expensive tools out of the hole before continuing control operations.
• To avoid damage re-charge due to inability to effectively manage shock or
stick/slip.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-55 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-55

• MWD failure—loss of survey data.

6.7 Pulling Out of the Hole (POOH)


During circulation and subsequent pulling out of hole, ensure that the maximum
prescribed flow-rate is not exceeded.

Depending on the reasons for pulling out of hole, a SHT may be performed. This
data is particularly valuable if there has been a suspected downhole failure of
the system. Record the pressure trace output on DSPScope for comparison to
original inbound test.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

6.7.1 Tool Lay Down


Wash down Bias Unit and visually inspect on rig floor for external damage.
Ensure Bias Unit pad and thread protectors are installed before laying tool out.

Lay down associated equipment, which may include the following:

• Stabilizer
• Cross-over
• Float sub — (check float after retrieving)
• Flex joint
• In-Line Flex

Gauge stabilizer; inspect and gauge both bit and stabilizer and note any areas of
damage.

Inspect float valve for correct operation and redress where necessary.

6.7.2 System Inspection—Bias Unit


• Check the exterior of the Bias Unit, looking for the general extent of pad wear
and to make sure that all exterior components are present.
• Check for hinge wear and bushing integrity, washing around the seals, and
any other damage.
• Check to see if the filter is obviously blocked.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-56 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-56

• The Bias Unit should be rinsed through with water and moved to a safe
working area.

6.7.3 System Inspection—Control Unit


• Check for any collar damage and free rotation of the unit. With the CU
removed from its collar check the free rotation of both impellers, the condition
of the anti vibration mounts and examine for ingress of drilling fluid into the
communications port.
• Download the memory and check that all telemetry commands were correctly
received. See Chapter 9 Troubleshooting of the Maintenance Manual for
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

instructions on how to read the memory log. InTouch Support contains


example interpretations.

6.7.4 System Inspection—SRX Receiver and RT Flex


• Check for any evidence of damage.
• Check and gauge the stabilizer sleeve—if sleeve has been broken, mark
the joint as loose.
• Make sure that the extender caps are replaced—check as per section 4.3.1.4
Extenders (p. 4-8).

6.7.5 Downloading Control Unit Data Logs


1 Setup the tool as per section 4.3.2.1 Interconnections (p. 4-10).

2 Start ToolScope and open the ToolScope Manager window.

3 On the ToolScope Manager window select the appropriate Bit Run for the
data that you want to download and then select PowerDrive from the list of
Tools. Click on Start ToolScope.

4 Complete the initial communications as per section 4.3.2.3 Initial


Communication (p. 4-14) steps 1 to 7 .

5 Select >Process >Dump Memory >All

6 Save the data to file dumpa.

If the unit times out whilst dumping, retry but dump to dumpb.rfd, etc., retry
up to three times.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-57 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-57

7 When the data dump is complete switch off control unit power, remove the
wand connector and replace the control unit connector cover.

8 Select Process>Process Raw Data This opens a new window.

9 Click on Browse and select the dumpa.rfd file

10 Click on Browse and select the SCB file, dumpa.scb

11 Click OK to convert the dump file

12 In toolscope, select Utilities >PDLA

13 Select File >Open and select the relevant file then click OK.

14 Click on New and select the curves to display, then click OK.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

6.8 Data Requirements—Post run Analysis


In order to fully analyze the tool performance over a run, particularly where
anomalous steering performance is suspected, the following data is required,

IDEAL MD
TVD
Time -
Continuous inclination (averaged 1m / 3ft)
Continuous azimuth (averaged 1m / 3ft)
Survey inclination
Survey azimuth
Stick/Slip
Shock Peak (MVC data if available)
Bit rpm (if available) Or ADN rpm averaged over 20 seconds (if available)
SWOB
DWOB (if available)
STorq
DTOR (if available)
ROP
MWD TRPM
Flow rate (if available)
Pump pressure
PWD (if available)
Temperature at bit (can be inferred from D&I temp.)
Caliper logs (if available)
Block Position (Time log)
Bit on Bottom Flag (Time log)

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-58 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-58

PowerPlan Survey data


Well plan
Well plot – actual versus plan
Well geometry
BHA details
Mud hydraulics
PowerDrive Time based log of transmitted Dpoints.
Xtra, PowerV,
PowerDrive X5

Mudloggers MD
TVD
Time
RPM
WOB
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Torque
Flow rate
Pump pressure
ROP
ECD
Sand Content
Copy of the mudlog – formation details / fault lines / angle of bedding etc.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-59 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-59

Note
• If data sets cannot include Time for any reason – then a separate file of time
versus measured depth should be provided
• The above data should be mutually consistent i.e. referenced to measured
depth (i.e. what the bit is seeing / doing at the recorded time and depth).
• A suitable depth interval should be recorded and tabulated – (i.e. 1ft / 0.5m /
1m)

6.9 Reports
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Note
The reporting structures for any job will be dependent on the client and local
district requirements. The following is a recommended guide for the minimum
reports required for assistance in post run analysis and tool performance.

Table 6-7: Reports

Report Description
Mud reports Highlight changes in mud weight / rheology
Mud additives (base oil)
Addition of LCM
Sand Content
Morning report As per standard requirements.
Steering sheets Detailing drilling parameter changes, steering settings
(See Figure 6-6) (angle and proportion), intended / expected steering
response and continuos survey data.
All parameters should be referenced to both depth and
time.
End of run report Standardization of the end of run / well format is presently
under review.
Refer to local district office for current formats in use.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-60 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Detailed Operating Procedures 6-60

Note
When data is being sent to the product centres for analysis Excel spreadsheets
or Word documents are preferred to pdf’s. This will ease the electronic transfer
of numerical data.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\B. Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049913\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Figure 6-6: Example of a Steering Sheet

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
7-i PowerDrive X5 UOP / Calibration 7-i

Calibration
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Tim Voss\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:02-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 274873856\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
7-ii PowerDrive X5 UOP / Calibration 7-ii
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Tim Voss\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:02-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 274873856\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Intentionally Blank

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
7-1 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Calibration 7-1

7 CALIBRATION
There is no field calibration required for the tool at the rigsite.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Tim Voss\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:02-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 274873856\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
7-2 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Calibration 7-2
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Tim Voss\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:02-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 274873856\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Intentionally Blank

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
8-i PowerDrive X5 UOP / Quality Control 8-i

Quality Control
8.1 Service Quality Process ________________________________________ 8-1
8.1.1 Client Communication Plan (CCP) ____________________________ 8-1
8.1.1.1 Project Planning Meeting _________________________________ 8-1
8.1.1.2 Pre-Job Meeting in Town __________________________________ 8-2
8.1.1.3 Pre-Job Meeting on Rig ___________________________________ 8-2
8.1.1.4 Daily Operations Communications _________________________ 8-2
8.1.1.5 Regular Client Visits in Town ______________________________ 8-2
8.1.1.6 Post-job/Project Review and End of Well Report ____________ 8-3
8.1.1.7 Service Quality Meeting ___________________________________ 8-3
8.1.2 General Service Checklist ____________________________________ 8-4
8.1.3 InTouch Support _____________________________________________ 8-6
8.2 Drilling and Measurement Data Quality System (DQS) __________ 8-7
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Ian Carne\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:02-Jul-2004\EDMS UID: 274962241\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

8.3 Data Quality Control ____________________________________________ 8-7


8.3.1 Depth Quality Control Policy __________________________________ 8-7
8.3.2 Logging Speed ______________________________________________ 8-9
8.3.3 Real Time Inclination and Azimuth Measurements _____________ 8-9

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
8-ii PowerDrive X5 UOP / Quality Control 8-ii
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Ian Carne\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:02-Jul-2004\EDMS UID: 274962241\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Intentionally Blank

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
8-1 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Quality Control 8-1

8 QUALITY CONTROL
The Schlumberger goal is to improve service quality from the client’s perspective.

Note
The key measure of service quality is client satisfaction.

8.1 Service Quality Process


PowerDrive Helpdesk\Ian Carne\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:02-Jul-2004\EDMS UID: 274962241\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Meeting or exceeding the client’s needs requires following set standards and
procedures. Checklists are provided for minimum standards and procedures
while service quality is based on dialogue with the customer.

8.1.1 Client Communication Plan (CCP)


The purpose of the Client Communication Plan (CCP) is to improve performance
through teamwork. It is designed to improve communications within
Schlumberger, and between Schlumberger and our Clients. The program should
be tailored to fit each project.

The purpose of the CCP is to identify Client specific needs and monitor if
Schlumberger met those needs upon completion of the job. The post-well review
and regular service quality meetings ensure that the loop with the customer
is closed.

The primary communication link between Schlumberger and the Client is the
Cell Manager or cell representative. The Cell Manager should be involved at
all stages of a project.

8.1.1.1 Project Planning Meeting


The Project Planning meeting defines the responsibilities of all companies
involved in the project including the Client, Schlumberger, and third parties.
Use it to:

• Establish clear lines of authority and communication.


• Identify objectives for the project and assign responsibilities to all parties.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
8-2 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Quality Control 8-2

• Set deadlines for well planning activities.

8.1.1.2 Pre-Job Meeting in Town


The pre-job meeting in town should involve the Cell Manager, the Client’s drilling
superintendents, geologists or petrophysicists, and the FSM or Sales Engineer.
All companies involved in the project should be represented.

• Client and Cell Manager identify objectives and enter them on the CCP form.
• Discuss all expected operations as well as contingencies.
• Define responsibilities for any preparation required for well site operations.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Ian Carne\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:02-Jul-2004\EDMS UID: 274962241\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

• Establish clear lines of communication for well site operations.

8.1.1.3 Pre-Job Meeting on Rig


The pre-job meeting on the rig should cover the same topics as the pre-job
meeting in the office. Field representatives from all companies involved in the
project should participate. Emphasis at this meeting should be on preparation
for operations.

8.1.1.4 Daily Operations Communications


Daily communication should be handled on a regular and informal basis at
defined times convenient to the client.

• Summarize the previous day’s operations and what is planned to happen in


the next 24 hours and the next several days.
• Ask the client to comment on perception of Schlumberger Drilling and
Measurement service.
• After the client meeting, the cell manager should meet with team members to
discuss upcoming activity.

8.1.1.5 Regular Client Visits in Town


District-level staff should visit the Client’s office twice weekly at minimum. For
larger projects, visit the Client every morning or maintain an office in the Client’s
building.

• Review performance and discuss planning for future activities.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
8-3 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Quality Control 8-3

• Regular visits should include the cell manager or other field personnel,
particularly after abnormal events on the rig.

8.1.1.6 Post-job/Project Review and End of Well Report


A post-job review meeting should be held with the Client after every well or at
regular (end of section or monthly) intervals on long projects. The agenda for
the review should be defined in conjunction with the client prior to preparation.
This should include:

• Lessons learned for use on future projects or elsewhere with the


Schlumberger organization.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Ian Carne\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:02-Jul-2004\EDMS UID: 274962241\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

• Summary and analysis of Schlumberger Drilling and Measurement technical


performance during the well.
• Discussion of any problems that have occurred, action plans, and areas for
improvement for Drilling and Measurement and other Schlumberger service
providers.
• Presentation of the formal End of Well Report.
• An estimate of time or monetary savings from actions and decisions made at
the well site as a result of our service.

Full benefit from the post-job review requires appropriate attendance from the
client’s organization. Feedback is essential. The comments and ratings of the
well site representative concerning his perception of Schlumberger Drilling and
Measurement services must be recorded.

8.1.1.7 Service Quality Meeting


The service quality meeting with the Client is used to summarize all Schlumberger
Drilling and Measurement activity with a particular Client over a specific interval
(monthly or quarterly depending on activity).

The emphasis of the meeting should be on service quality issues. All companies
should be represented in the review.

• Successes, problem areas, and action plans should be equally presented.


• Lessons learned,
• Discuss action plans proposed to address any issues raised.
• Highlight cost savings for the client as a result of improved performance.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
8-4 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Quality Control 8-4

8.1.2 General Service Checklist


Town Pre-Job

1. Visit well-set/rig - complete report, follow-up on potential problems.


2. Visit client and/or attend prespud - complete report.
3. Complete a job schedule for each service line.
4. Complete an equipment order (tool/collar order) for each service.
5. Complete unit checklist, address deficiencies.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Ian Carne\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:02-Jul-2004\EDMS UID: 274962241\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

6. Submit MATO (Material Order) for supplies.


7. Inspect OST sheets for all tools assigned to the job.
8. Verify API inspection certification valid for all connections.
9. Check client special requirements (threads, hotspot rep., saver length,
etc.).
10. Check all lifts have acceptable lift points/slings and valid MPI/visual/load
certs.
11. Complete loadout documents by service and customs loadout
declarations.
12. Complete hazardous goods declarations and transport emergency cards.
13. Send advance notice radioactive goods movement by fax/mail.

Well Site Pre-job

1. Complete cell inventory recap and fax/send to town.


2. Hold rigup planning and safety meeting.
3. Complete signal transmission (rigup) checklist.
4. Perform well-set rigup audit check.

Well Site Operations

1. Conduct regular safety meeting, address issues (source loading, fishing,


etc.).
2. Raise failure reports on failures and send to town with sequential
numbering.
3. Raise SDR for every software deficiency identified, fax/send to town.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
8-5 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Quality Control 8-5

4. Complete daily activity reports by service and fax/send to town.


5. Complete run summaries by run and service, AS IT HAPPENS.
6. Record all logs and data given to the client on the rig via transmittal forms.
7. Maintain records of instrument and sensor maintenance and calibrations.
8. Complete SIR/JTV as per schedule, with info to invoice as per contract.
9. Monitor training of all personnel, complete training reports.
10. Record Unit preventive maintenance on checklist.

Well Site Post-job


PowerDrive Helpdesk\Ian Carne\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:02-Jul-2004\EDMS UID: 274962241\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

1. Hold rig-down planning and safety meeting.


2. Complete cell inventory recap.
3. Complete FMT doc’s, equipment manifests, hazardous goods
declarations.
4. Send advance notice radioactive goods movements telefax/send.

Town Post-job

1. Check off incoming equipment against manifest. Complete unit checklist.


2. Verify customs incoming documents completed.
3. Forward maintenance requests (other than for tools) to technique.
4. Ensure technique has all failure reports generated on the job.
5. Prepare End of Well Report text.
6. Prepare digital data (LIS, ASCII, TIFF, etc.) and logs as required.
7. Complete Data Quality Report form for all final logs - attach to each print.
8. Complete EWR checklist and rig database input checklist as required.
9. Complete final backup/archive forms by service.
10. Debrief job with the FSM. Complete debrief sheets by service.
11. Complete the Service Quality Monitor with the FSM.
12. Ensure logs, files, and data are archived via checklist.
13. Debrief the job with the client; fill out visit report, copy to sales.
14. Distribute EWR and data/logs, archive transmittal form.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
8-6 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Quality Control 8-6

8.1.3 InTouch Support


InTouch Support exists to provide the field with the best expertise available to
help in the prevention of major operational failures (MOF’s). Prompt response
to service quality problems is crucial to reducing the impact and propagation of
failures.

The FSM should ensure the cell has a responsible point of contact and chain
of authority at all times. If any person in the chain is unavailable or cannot be
contacted, the cell manager must call the next person in the line.

A typical chain of authority might be:


PowerDrive Helpdesk\Ian Carne\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:02-Jul-2004\EDMS UID: 274962241\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

CM ⇒EIC ⇒ FSMs ⇒ DE/Techs ⇒ Ops Manager ⇒ Geomarket SQ Coach ⇒


Intouch ⇒ D&M Ops Support.

Note
If a MOF is imminent and a field engineer cannot contact anyone in the chain
of authority, the engineer can as a last resort call the InTouch Engineers for
assistance — see the following URL for the list of emergency contact numbers.
http://intouchsupport.com/intouch/emergency/emergency.html

As soon as possible after a major or serious failure, the cell representative must:

• Alert immediately the service center FSM following any lost time or data
failure. Do not delay until tool is out of the hole.
• Follow proper troubleshooting techniques both in hole and after coming out of
the hole (if downhole failure). Fax/communicate a preliminary failure report,
run summary and other pertinent data to the service center.
• Update the failure report with the latest information and fax/communicate it to
the FSM after full well-set analysis and troubleshooting.
• Replace all failure-related components in the string as a set for the next run
and not just the single component thought to be at fault.

The FSM should:

• Discuss the failure with the cell representative to get the crew’s assessment
and suggestions as to cause and remedy.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
8-7 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Quality Control 8-7

• Organize a meeting with DTM, DE, lead technician and others to review
failure, prior to next tool going in the hole, if possible (meeting can be by
phone/radio after normal working hours).

– Make a failure analysis


– Attempt to determine cause
– Plan next steps: e.g. corrective action, action plan to avoid reoccurrence,
etc.
– Determine if outside help is required from Unit/Headquarters.

• Notify sales engineer or person responsible for the customer and brief on the
failure and action plan so client is kept up to date.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Ian Carne\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:02-Jul-2004\EDMS UID: 274962241\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

8.2 Drilling and Measurement Data Quality


System (DQS)
Data quality control is performed at two levels:

1. at the well-set
2. at the shop during job debriefing.

These two controls are designed to be complementary.

Well site checks help the engineer detect defects while there is still time to
take corrective action. Shop checks evaluate the overall performance and
provide feedback to improve operating procedures. They also represent the last
opportunity for the crew to collect auxiliary information that might have been
omitted during the acquisition process.

8.3 Data Quality Control


The section describes parameters that affect the measurement and data quality
checks to be performed on the tool’s measurement.

8.3.1 Depth Quality Control Policy


Depth control is very important for good determination of dogleg severity in the
hole. Schlumberger depth policy ensures that consistent depths are recorded on
different runs and in different wells. Refer to the IDEAL FRM.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
8-8 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Quality Control 8-8

1. Drilling and Measurement MWD/LWD/DD depth is the driller’s depth.


This means that it is not corrected for pipe deformations due to pressure,
flow, weight, and temperature.
2. The Precision Depth Assembly (PDA) is the standard depth system.
The Depth Wire Calibrator (DWC) is the reference for the Drawworks
Encoder Sensor (DES). A calibrated Clamp Line Tensiometer (CLT) is
required to automate depth tracking.
3. Depth shifts should not be made in any zone of interest.
4. All editing of raw depth/time files must be documented.
The edited file must be reproducible from the raw data and the depth editing
record. The depth editing record (and depth tracking monitor) must be stored
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Ian Carne\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:02-Jul-2004\EDMS UID: 274962241\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

as part of the final data archive. The Depth Tracking Monitor (DTM) software
performs these functions in IDEAL.

Drilling and Measurement depth measurements are based on measuring the


drillstring. Be aware of the environmental effects that influence the depth derived
from drill pipe measurements. Such effects have been documented for a
10,000-ft well and are listed in Table 8-1.

Table 8-1: Drilling and Measurement Depth Measurements

FACTOR POTENTIAL ERROR


Drill pipe stretch 15 to 20 ft increase
Thermal expansion 10 to 13 ft increase
Pressure effects 3 to 7 ft increase
Ballooning effects 6 ft decrease
Other effects 3 ft decrease
Total 19 to 31 ft increase

In deviated holes and with certain formations, depth mismatches may be


observed as logging sensors have different depths of investigation. The same
situation may occur when high dip bedding planes cross the borehole.

Depth matching of overlapping sections on subsequent logging runs must be


within 2 ft.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
8-9 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Quality Control 8-9

Note
In the past, depth control has often been done with systems other than the PDA.
For steerable system operations, follow the Drilling and Measurement Depth
Policy as stated above.

8.3.2 Logging Speed


No client presentable data is logged by this tool.

8.3.3 Real Time Inclination and Azimuth Measurements


PowerDrive Helpdesk\Ian Carne\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:02-Jul-2004\EDMS UID: 274962241\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

While the Power Pulse survey is considered to be definitive, the steerable system
measurements are designed to provide near-bit tendency information only.

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Information
Hazard Category: machinery equipment hand tools

Do not use surveys from the rotary steerable system tool to define the well path.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
8-10 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Quality Control 8-10
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Ian Carne\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:02-Jul-2004\EDMS UID: 274962241\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Intentionally Blank

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
9-i PowerDrive X5 UOP / Troubleshooting 9-i

Troubleshooting
9.1 Shallow Hole Test Failures _____________________________________ 9-3
9.2 Dogleg Failures ________________________________________________ 9-5
9.3 Downlinking Failures ___________________________________________ 9-7
9.4 Real Time Link Failures ________________________________________ 9-7
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275057474\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
9-ii PowerDrive X5 UOP / Troubleshooting 9-ii
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275057474\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Intentionally Blank

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
9-1 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Troubleshooting 9-1

9 TROUBLESHOOTING
Good preparation and active preventive maintenance procedures can limit the
number of problems, which impact service quality. To minimize the impact of
problems:

1. Prepare jobs carefully and follow a preventive maintenance policy.


2. If a problem arises, carefully note the symptoms.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275057474\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

3. Identify the problem and carry out basic troubleshooting.


4. While troubleshooting:

• Always have a plan before you start. A Fault Tree Analaysis (FTA) is an
example of a plan.
• Document everything you do. It is hard to remember what you did and in
what sequence after the events.
• Always isolate one function or possible problem at a time
• Do not remove or change several functions/components at the same time
• Start from the least difficult e.g. the ROP cable and work your way to the
computer before changing out the tool.

The chances of damaging or destroying another tool are great when these
basic steps are not followed.
5. If you cannot identify and correct a problem, do not re-use the equipment.
This is particularly critical for downhole equipment and intermittent failures.

The key to a true solution of a problem lies in the correct diagnosis of that
problem.

Note
If you cannot identify and correct a problem in a downhole tool string, the entire
downhole tool string must be laid down and the backup run in its place.

Types of Failures

Troubleshooting can be broken down into various types of failures which are
associated to a task or observation that the DD may see at the surface.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
9-2 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Troubleshooting 9-2

The following sections discuss symptoms/observations, possible causes and


solutions/actions:

• 9.1 Shallow Hole Test Failures (p. 9-3)


• 9.2 Dogleg Failures (p. 9-5)
• 9.3 Downlinking Failures (p. 9-7)
• 9.4 Real Time Link Failures (p. 9-7)
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275057474\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
9-3 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Troubleshooting 9-3

9.1 Shallow Hole Test Failures

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: machinery equipment hand tools

Under no circumstance should a tool that has had three unsuccessful tests
be run in hole.

If a SHT fails, first check the following:


PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275057474\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

1. stand pipe is lined up correctly


2. stand pipe pressure is as expected
3. ensure flow is going through the tool.
4. flow rate is as expected.
5. if MWD is in drill string verify flow rate with turbine rpm.

If the above does not cure the fault, Table 9-1 should be used to isolate the
problem.

Table 9-1: Failed SHT

Symptom / Possible cause Solution / Actions


Observation
No collar magnets. Check for collar magnets.
No rotary valve or rotary valve return
No recommended rig solution, pick up backup tool.
spring (rotary plunger pin).
Cold weather may cause ice or Elastomer bearings
tend to set when not used for an extended time. Pull
Jammed mag housing to control unit
Flow simultaneously control unit out of collar and check for free rotation
body caused by too much bearing
from all 3 pads. of mag housing relative to control unit body. If it is
friction or debris.
a rerun tool, there are too many possibilities, do
not use.
No O-rings on spider. Pick up backup tool.
Control unit electronic failure. Pick up backup tool.
No ROP plug fitted. Pick up backup tool — this tool is mud invaded.
Mis aligned spider. No recommended rig solution, pick up backup tool.
No anti rotation plug fitted. No recommended rig solution, pick up backup tool.
No flow from any pads. Pad piston exhaust port plugged. No recommended rig solution, pick up backup tool.
Detached spider stator. No recommended rig solution, pick up backup tool.
Blocked filter. No recommended rig solution, pick up backup tool.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
9-4 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Troubleshooting 9-4

Symptom / Possible cause Solution / Actions


Observation
Check for obvious plugging, but it could be plugged
Pad piston exhaust port plugged.
deep in the tool body.
Magnetic interference causing erratic
control unit rotation i.e. rotor goes Refer to section 3.4.13 . rotate collar 90 degrees
quickly past one port giving reduced and retry, raise the collar and retry.
output.
Muleshoe/control shaft lengths Verify muleshoe lengths, (break connections
incorrect (too long or too short). between collar and extension sub).
No flow or reduced flow Verify straightness of shafts (break connections
Muleshoe/control shaft misaligned.
from one or two pads. between collar and extension sub).
Check hydraulics blocked nozzles, nozzle size,
Bit pressure drop too high. restrictions, flow restrictor nozzle on PD475 upside
down (refer to MM drawings) etc.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275057474\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Flow rate too low. Check flow rate on Control Unit OST label
No ROP plug fitted. Pick up backup tool — this tool is mud invaded.
Impeller jammed to collar. Visually inspect inside of control collar.
Timing not as expected Incorrect or wrong SCB Verify tool SCB against OST paperwork.
Refer to section 3.4.13 . Rotate collar 90 degrees
Magnetic interferrence.
and retry. Raise the collar and retry.
Failed Sensor Module No recommended rig solution, pick up backup tool.
Cannot do 16 rpm No collar magnets. Check for collar magnets.
Flow rate too low not enough torque. Check flow rate on Control Unit OST label.
Failed lower torquer/controller. No recommended rig solution, pick up backup tool.
Roll gyro failed. No recommended rig solution, pick up backup tool.
Check which software version you are using. Follow
DLAS software installed.
Cannot do 2/4 rpm correct SHT procedure.
Failed lower torquer/controller. No recommended rig solution, pick up backup tool.
Reload SCB see section 4.3.2.4 Using the SCB
Incorrect or wrong SCB
Editor (p. 4-16).
Cannot stabilize during
Sensor module failure. No recommended rig solution, pick up backup tool.
drill cycle.
Tool in gravity mode unable to find
Tilt tool slightly (1 to 2 degree) and repeat SHT.
high side.
E-Mag transmitter or receiver faulty Replace the Control Unit or the Receiver.
Extenders faulty or incorrect length. Troubleshoot extenders.
No or wrong real time
Signal attenuated by conductive Raise tool so that hangar bolts are above rotary
communications (data
material. table and clear of nearby metal.
or time-out signals)
Wrong or incorrect frame loaded in Verify frame to ensure correct Dpoints are loaded.
the MWD tool. Follow MWD tool SHT troubleshooting.

If the above does not identify a fault replace with the backup tool and retest.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
9-5 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Troubleshooting 9-5

9.2 Dogleg Failures


If the tool does not perform as expected, check the following:

• verify predicted dogleg capability for BHA against offset well data
• verify hydraulics.

Note: PowerDrive vorteX


With PowerDrive vorteX, the motor bearings divert a percentage of the flow,
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275057474\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

which is a function of the radial bearing clearance, the amount of flow going
through the RSS tool will reduce, and the amount of pressure drop available at
the pads will reduce as well.This could reduce the force available at the pads and
cause dogleg failures.

If the above does not cure the fault, Table 9-2 should be used to isolate the
problem.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
9-6 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Troubleshooting 9-6

Table 9-2: Incorrect or Low Dogleg Troubleshooting

Symptom / Possible cause Solution / Actions


Observation
Incorrect tool setting Verify tool setting — downlink if required.
Check flow rate, check standpipe pressure/MWD
Reduced bit pressure. turbine rpm (trpm) for possible washout. Check
actual hydraulics against planned.
Formation effects (Soft or Increase tool setting. Consider increase ROP to
unconsolidated formations). minimize washing out hole.
Formation effects (Drilling against
Increase tool setting. Lower ROP and increase rpm.
formation dip).
Incorrect bit selection Refer to section 3.4.3 .
Low dogleg Check drilling parameters for indications of
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275057474\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Worn bit or undergauge bit. undergaunge or worn bit. Consider pulling out of
hole (POOH)
Check inclination and azimuth readings for
Control unit spinning out of control.
discrepacy against MWD. Recycle pumps.
Check for indication of stick/slip. Refer to section
Stick/slip.
3.4.17 .
Consider use of flex collar and/or stabilize control
Incorrect BHA.
collar. See section 3.4.1 .
Downhole tool failure. Consider POOH.
Incorrect muleshoe offset Monitor situation and consider downlinking/POOH.
Uncontrolled drop in Formation effects (Soft or Increase tool setting. Consider increase ROP to
inclination unconsolidated formations). minimize washing out hole.
Formation effects (Drilling against
Increase tool setting. Lower ROP and increase rpm.
formation dip).
Tool failure Consider POOH.
Formation effects (Drilling against Increase/change tool setting. Lower ROP and
formation dip). increase rpm.
Poor directional Monitor and adjust tool setting as required. Refer to
Bit offset.
response. section 3.4.3
Check for indication of stick/slip. Refer to section
Stick/slip.
3.4.17 .
Check for indication of stick/slip. Refer to section
Stick/slip.
3.4.17 .
Eratic dog leg. Formation changes. Verify with LWD tools, consult site geologists.
Check inclination and azimuth readings for
Control unit spinning out of control.
discrepacy against MWD. Recycle pumps.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
9-7 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Troubleshooting 9-7

9.3 Downlinking Failures


Table 9-3: Downlinking Troubleshooting

Symptom / Possible cause Solution / Actions


Observation
Incorrect downlink sequence sent Check correct SCB is used to create downlink
sequence. Resend sequence.
Flow rates too high or too low. Verify flow rate against max. drilling and min.
telemetry flow rates.
Tool not shutdown before satarting Recycle pumps prior to downlinking.
downlink.
Downlink not received. Wrong downlink sequence. Verify timing and resend.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275057474\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Slow pump response. Verify RTC and FTC as per section 6.5.2 Calculation
of RTC and FTC (p. 6-51) and adjust accordingly.
Mud properties (compressability, Verify RTC and FTC as per section 6.5.2 Calculation
viscosity) / deep wells of RTC and FTC (p. 6-51) and adjust accordingly.
Consider change to the digit times for next run.
Real time link failure. Check other Dpoints from the tool and verify tool
directional response.

9.4 Real Time Link Failures


Table 9-4: Real Time Link Troubleshooting

Symptom / Possible cause Solution / Actions


Observation
Extender failure. Consider POOH.
casing or conductive fluid. Drill 15 m ahead of casing or bring tool to a depth
where it last worked.
No or corrupted data Failed control unit. Consider POOH.
transmitted to surface
(default values or error
codes seen at surface).
Failed MWD/LWD. Troubleshoot MWD/LWD tool, consider POOH.
Incorrect frame transmitted/decoded Check surface system and troubleshoot MWD tool.

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
9-8 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Troubleshooting 9-8
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.1\Release Date:12-Oct-2004\EDMS UID: 275057474\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Intentionally Blank

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
10-i PowerDrive X5 UOP / Maintenance 10-i

Maintenance
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049371\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
10-ii PowerDrive X5 UOP / Maintenance 10-ii
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049371\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Intentionally Blank

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
10-1 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Maintenance 10-1

10 MAINTENANCE
There is no recommended rigsite maintenance.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049371\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
10-2 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Maintenance 10-2
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Bob Gould\no ref. no.\1.0\Release Date:18-Mar-2004\EDMS UID: 275049371\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Intentionally Blank

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
Acr.-1 PowerDrive X5 UOP / List of Acronyms Acr.-1

List of Acronyms

Term Definition
ADN Azimuthal Density Neutron
ART Above Rotary Table
Bbl Barrel
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Matthew Donovan\no ref. no.\1.11\Release Date:09-Dec-2004\EDMS UID: 275049279\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

BeCu Beryllium Copper


BHA Bottom Hole Assembly
BOP Blow-Out Protector
BRT Below Rotary Table
BSR Bending Strength Ratio
BU Bias Unit usually refers to both the Bias unit and the extension sub
C Pressure drop constant
CC Control Collar (PowerDrive Xtra)
CCW Counter Clock Wise
CDR Compensated Duel Resistivity
Comms Communications Module
CU Control Unit (PowerDrive Xtra)
CW Clock Wise
D&I Direction and Inclination
DD Directional Driller
degC Degrees Celcius
degF Degrees Fahrenheit
DLAAT Downlink At Any Time: Software with Downlink At Any Time
functionality.
DLAS Downlink At Start: Software with Downlink At Start functionality.
DLS Dogleg Severity
DPOINT Data point – an output data value as displayed/logged on IDEAL
DTOR Downhole Torque measurement
DWOB Downhole Weight on Bit measurement
EOWR End of Well Report
ES Extension Sub
Ft Feet
FRM Field Reference Manual

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
Acr.-2 PowerDrive X5 UOP / List of Acronyms Acr.-2

FTC Falling Time Constant


GPM Gallons Per Minute (US)
GST Geo Steering Tool
H2S Hydrogen Sulphide
HS High Side
HSE Health and safety executive
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Matthew Donovan\no ref. no.\1.11\Release Date:09-Dec-2004\EDMS UID: 275049279\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

ID Inner Diameter
IDEAL Integrated Drilling Evaluation and Logging
In Inches
LCM Lost Circulation Material
LTB Low Power Tool Bus
LWD Logging Whilst Drilling
M Meter
MD Measured Depth
MSDS Material Safety Data Sheets
MW Mud Weight
MWD Measurement Whilst Drilling
Nm Newton Metre of force
OD Outer Diameter
OST Outgoing Standard Test
OFS Oilfield Services
PDC Polycrystalline Diamond Compact
POOH Pulling out of hole
PPI PowerPulse Interface
PPG Pound per Gallon
PSI Pounds per Square Inch
PT Pressure Transducer
PTF Platform Toolface
PWD Pressure While Drilling
Q Flow rate (pressure drop calculations)
R&M Repair and Maintenance
RIH Run In Hole
ROP Rate of Penetration

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
Acr.-3 PowerDrive X5 UOP / List of Acronyms Acr.-3

RMS Repair and Maintenance System


RPM Revolutions Per Minute
RSS Rotary Steerable System
RTC Rising Time Constant / Real Time Clock - Context dependant
SCB System Control Block
SCOPE PowerDrive Xtra software program for displaying pressure trace
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Matthew Donovan\no ref. no.\1.11\Release Date:09-Dec-2004\EDMS UID: 275049279\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Sensor Sensor or Sensor Module


SHPC Stonehouse Product Centre
SHT Shallow Hole Test
SPP Stand-pipe Pressure
SPT Surface Pressure Transducer
TBA To Be Arranged/Advised
TD Total Depth
TSIM Toolscope Interface Module
TVD True Vertical Depth
UOP Uniform Operating Procedures
WOB Weight On Bit

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
Acr.-4 PowerDrive X5 UOP / List of Acronyms Acr.-4
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Matthew Donovan\no ref. no.\1.11\Release Date: 09-Dec-2004\EDMS UID: 275049279\Produced: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Intentionally Blank

Private
Copyright © 2004 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
Ind.-1 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Index Ind.-1

Index
A C
Abnormal Operations 6-25 Cables, 1-4, 4-6
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Matthew Donovan\no ref. no.\1.11\Release Date:09-Dec-2004\EDMS UID: 275049279\Published: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Acronyms, list of Acr.-1 Installation 4-1


Alternative CU and CC Surface for IDEAL 3-19
PD475 2-21 Calculation of RTC and FTC 6-51
PD900 2-39 CCP — Client Communication Plan 8-1
Alternative Flex Collars Cell Meeting 4-4
PD900 2-41 Checklist
Analysis Surface 3-18
Post Run Data 6-57 Town Post-Job 8-5
Azimuth Measurements 8-9 Town Pre-Job 8-4
Well Site Operations 8-4
B Well Site Post-Job 8-5
Well Site Pre-job 8-4
Client
Back-Reaming 6-19
Communication Plan 8-1
Battery
Meeting 4-3
Lithium, 1-4, 3-25
Attendees 3-6
Specifications 2-43
Visits 8-2
Below a Motor 3-14
Collar 4-7
Beryllium Copper (BeCu) 1-5
Flex 3-10
MSDS 1-6
Hazards 1-8
BHA
Mobilization 3-24
Connections 6-3
Communications Module
Considerations and Constraints 3-8
Description 2-12
Make up 6-1
Confirmation of Downlink 6-54
Bias Unit 3-10
Connections 4-8
Checks 4-9
Connections — Torque Settings
Description 2-3
PD475 2-19
Hazards 1-9
PD900 2-37
Inspection 6-55
PDX5 675 2-28
Bit
Considerations, Rig 3-17
Compatibility 2-15
Control Unit
Offset, 3-9, 6-36
Description 2-5
Selection 3-9
Inspection 6-56

Private
Copyright © Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
Ind.-2 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Index Ind.-2

D Drill
String 4-2
D-point Data 2-46 Drilling
Daily Operations Communication 8-2 Blind 3-14
Data Fluid, 2-16, 3-11
Display of Gamma 6-41 Operations 6-15
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Matthew Donovan\no ref. no.\1.11\Release Date:09-Dec-2004\EDMS UID: 275049279\Published: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Gamma 6-40 Out of a Casing Shoe 3-12


Data Formats out of Casing Shoe 6-21
Dpoints 2-46 Rough 6-26
Data Quality Control 8-7 Through the Rathole 6-21
Data Quality System (DQS) 8-7
Depth Quality Control Policy 8-7 E
Description 2-2
Bias Unit 2-3 E-Mag
Communications Module 2-12 Description 2-14
Control Unit 2-5 Electrical Shock Hazards 1-3
E-Mag (ShortHop) link 2-14 Electrical Specifications 2-43
Sensor Pack Assembly 2-10 Equipment
Torquers 2-9 Checklist 3-18
Detailed Operating Procedures 6-1 Downhole 3-24
Documentation, 3-18, 3-25 Downhole, Preparing of 4-7
Dogleg Preparation 3-18
Prediction 3-8 Setup 4-1
Troubleshooting 9-5 Surface 4-4
Downhole Extenders 4-8
Equipment 3-24
Shocks, 3-15, 6-26
Downlink
F
Confirmation of 6-54
Procedure 6-53 Failure types 9-1
Setup 4-23 Filters, 3-13, 6-5
Downlinking, 5-5, 6-44 Fishing Diagrams
Downloading PDX5 675 2-29
CU Data Logs 6-56 Flex Collars 3-10
Dpoint Data Float Valve 3-8
Description of 6-33 PD1100 3-23
Dpoints PD475 3-22
Data Formats 2-46 PD675 3-22 to 3-23
DQS (Data Quality System) 8-7 PD825 3-23

Private
Copyright © Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
Ind.-3 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Index Ind.-3

PD900 3-23 HSE


Flow Range Beryllium Copper (BeCu) 1-5
PD475 2-18 Cables 1-4
PD900 2-36 Electrical Shock Hazards 1-3
PDX5 675 2-27 Hazardous Area Regulations 1-3
Flow Rates 6-36 Job Preparation Consideration 3-1
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Matthew Donovan\no ref. no.\1.11\Release Date:09-Dec-2004\EDMS UID: 275049279\Published: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Flow Restrictor, 3-10, 3-21 Lithium Batteries 1-4


Foreword vii Substitute Parts 1-6
Formations 6-37 Tool Specific Handling 1-7
FTC, calculation 6-51 Trip Hazards 1-4
HSPM
G Initialization, 4-6, 6-8
Setup 4-5
HSPMDLL Recorder 6-42
Gamma Sensor 6-39
Display of Gamma Traces 6-41
HSPM — Real Time Frame I
Configuration 6-39
Overview 2-11 IDEAL 4-6
Using the Data 6-40 Cabling 3-19
General Guidelines 1-7 Initialization 6-8
IH 6-16, see Inclination Hold
H Impeller
Selection 3-14
Inclination Hold 6-16
H2S 6-29
Exiting from IH Mode 6-18
Handling 1-7
Nudging Inclination 6-17
Hanger Bolts and O Rings
Operating Mode Functions 6-18
PD475 2-19
Operation 6-16
PD900 2-37
Overview 2-12
PDX5 675 2-28
Software and System Settings 6-19
Hazardous Area Regulations 1-3
Steering Map 2-13
Hazards 1-8
Inclination Measurements 8-9
Bias Unit, associated with 1-9
Initializations
Control Collar, associated with 1-8
HSPM 6-8
Trip 1-4
IDEAL 6-8
Highsiding Muleshoe 4-27
Software 4-6
Hold the Line 6-16, see Inclination Hold
Surface System 6-8
Hole Opener 3-14
Inspection
running with 3-14
Bias Unit 6-55

Private
Copyright © Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
Ind.-4 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Index Ind.-4

Control Unit 6-56 Measurements


System 6-56 Azimuth 8-9
Interfaces 2-44 Inclination 8-9
Interference Meeting
Magnetic 3-13 Pre-Job 8-2
InTouch Support 8-6 pre-job on Rig 8-2
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Matthew Donovan\no ref. no.\1.11\Release Date:09-Dec-2004\EDMS UID: 275049279\Published: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

IWIS Setup 4-5 Project Planning 8-1


Service Quality 8-3
J Memory
Specifications 2-43 to 2-44
Mobilization 3-24
Job
Monitoring
Planning 3-2
Data 6-33
pre meeting 3-2
Operations 6-36
Preparation 3-1
Motor 3-14
MSDS
K BeCu 1-6
Mud
Kick, Taking a 6-29 Data 6-38
Kick-off from Vertical, 3-12, 6-22 Drilling, 2-16, 3-11
Pumps 6-37
L Types 4-2
Mud Motor, running with 3-14
Muleshoe
Lay Down of Tool 6-55
Highsiding 4-27
LCM 6-38
Pumping 6-30
Lithium Batteries, 1-4, 3-25 N
Specification 2-43
Logging Speed 8-9 Nozzle Spreadsheet 3-10
Logs
Downloading 6-56 O
Lost Circulation Material 6-38, see LCM
Open Hole Sidetracking 6-23
M Operating Procedures
Detailed 6-1
Magnetic Interference, 3-13, 6-13 Quick 5-1
Making up the Tool 6-1 Operational
Measurement Positions 3-11 Considerations 3-4

Private
Copyright © Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
Ind.-5 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Index Ind.-5

Constraints 3-6 Preparation, Job 3-1


Operations 6-15 Pressure 6-36
Abnormal, 5-4, 6-25 Trapped 1-5
Daily Operations 8-2 Pressure Drop
Monitoring, 5-5, 6-36 PD475 2-19
Normal 5-3 PD900 2-37
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Matthew Donovan\no ref. no.\1.11\Release Date:09-Dec-2004\EDMS UID: 275049279\Published: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Optimizing Performance 6-25 PDX5 675 2-28


OST 3-23 Procedure
Overview Downlink 6-53
Gamma Sensor 2-11 Programming the PowerPulse 3-24
Project Planning Meeting 8-1
P Pulling out of Hole, 5-5, 6-54, see POOH
Pulsation Dampeners 6-37
Pumping LCM 6-30
Paperwork 3-25
Parts, Substitute 1-6
PD475 Stabilizer Sleeves 2-22 Q
PDC, bit 3-9
Performance QC 8-1
Optimizing 6-25 Quality Control 8-1
Phase Shift 6-36 Data 8-7
Physical Checks, of tool 4-7 Depth, Policy 8-7
Picking up the Tool 6-1 Quick Operating Procedures 5-1
Pipe Stuck 6-28
Planning 4-1 R
of Job 3-2
POOH, 5-6, 6-55
Rathole
Decision to, 5-5, 6-54
Drilling Through 6-21
Post Job 8-3
Real-Time Specifications 2-44
Post Run Analysis, 5-6, 6-57
Reamer, running with 3-14
Power, at Rig 4-1
Reaming 6-19
PowerPulse
Reports, 5-6, 6-59
Frame 4-36
Daily 6-59
Programming 3-24
Run 6-59
Pre-Job
Rig
Meeting 8-2
Considerations 3-17
Meeting on Rig 8-2
Power 4-1
Meetings 3-2
Pre-Job Meeting on Rig 8-2
Pre-Spud Meeeting Attendees (Client
Rig-Site
Meeting) 3-6

Private
Copyright © Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
Ind.-6 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Index Ind.-6

Toolkit, 3-20, 4-37 Shorthop Test Box 6-43


Rigfloor, transport collar to 6-2 SHT, 5-2, 6-9
Roller Cone, bit 3-9 Failure, 6-13, 9-3
Rough Drilling 6-26 Precautions 1-9
RPM Sidetracking 6-22
Maximum 3-6 a Well 3-12
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Matthew Donovan\no ref. no.\1.11\Release Date:09-Dec-2004\EDMS UID: 275049279\Published: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

RTC, calculation 6-51 Off a Cement Plug 6-23


Running Below a Motor 3-14 Open Hole 6-23
Running in Hole, 5-3, 6-14 Signal Pressure Transducers 4-2
Silicate Based Fluid 3-11
S Software
Compatibility 4-7
Initializations 4-6
Sand Control 6-38
Specifications
SCB
Alternative Bias Units 2-32
Editing 4-16
Alternative Collars 2-33
Editor 4-16
Alternative Control Units 2-33
Loading 4-16
Alternative Flex Collars 2-35
Loading the file for edit 4-16
Battery 2-43
Opening existing 4-16
Electrical 2-43
Screens, 3-13, 6-5
Mechanical 2-23
Sensor
Memory 2-43 to 2-44
Installation 4-1
PD475
Positions 3-11
Alternative CU and CC 2-21
Specifications 2-43
Connections — Torque Settings
Surface 3-19
2-19
Sensor Pack Assembly
Flow Range 2-18
Description 2-10
Hanger Bolts and O Rings 2-19
Service Quality
Pressure Drop 2-19
Meeting 8-3
PD900
Process 8-1
Alternative CU and CC 2-39
Setup
Alternative Flex Collars 2-41
Downlink 4-23
Connections — Torque Settings
Equipment 4-1
2-37
Shallow Hole Test (SHT) 6-9
Flow Range 2-36
See also SHT
Hanger Bolts and O Rings 2-37
Shocks 6-26
Pressure Drop 2-37
Downhole 3-15
PDX5 475, 2-18, 2-36
Risk 3-16
Mechanical 2-18
ShortHop link, description 2-14

Private
Copyright © Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
Ind.-7 PowerDrive X5 UOP / Index Ind.-7

PDX5 675 2-22 Offset, 3-9, 6-36


Connections — Torque Settings Toolkit
2-28 Rig-Site, 3-20, 4-37
Environmental 2-24 Torquer
Flow Range 2-27 Description 2-9
Hanger Bolts and O Rings 2-28 Transport Collar to Rigfloor 6-2
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Matthew Donovan\no ref. no.\1.11\Release Date:09-Dec-2004\EDMS UID: 275049279\Published: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Mechanical 2-23 Transportation 3-24


Operational 2-24 Transporting 1-8
Pressure Drop 2-28 Trip Hazards 1-4
System Diagrams 2-29 Troubleshooting 9-1
PDX5 900 Dogleg, lack of 9-5
Mechanical 2-36 Downlinking 9-7
Real-Time Link 2-44 Real Time Link 9-7
Sensor 2-43 SHT 9-3
Stabilizer Sleeves Types of Failures 9-1
PD475 2-22 Turbine
Stabilizers 3-8 Flow Range 3-6
Steering Map 2-13 TWIS Setup 4-5
Strapping the Tool 4-9
Stuck Pipe 6-28 U
Support 8-6
Surface Equipment 4-4
Checklist 3-18
Surface Sensors 3-19 V
Surface System, 3-19, 4-5
Initialization, 5-2, 6-8 Version Control vii
System Diagrams
PDX5 675 2-29 W
T Well Data 4-3
Wellsite
Taking a Kick 6-29 Considerations 3-4
Temperature 6-36 Inspection 4-1
Tool Whipstocks 6-24
Lay Down 6-55
Pick up Sequence 6-4 X
Strapping the 4-9
Tool Specific Handling 1-7
Toolface

Private
Copyright © Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
PowerDrive Helpdesk\Matthew Donovan\no ref. no.\1.11\Release Date:09-Dec-2004\EDMS UID: 275049279\Published: 9-Dec-2004 12:41:16

Y
Ind.-8

Private
Z

Copyright © Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.


PowerDrive X5 UOP / Index
Ind.-8

You might also like